Note that comment-style now defaults to indent.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blobcec8aac464c7e9fc4c5a01d6327c9c1b324f1323
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (18787 48933))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37 \(fn)" t nil)
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42 \(fn)" t nil)
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47 \(fn)" t nil)
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
51 Mutate the result.
53 \(fn)" t nil)
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65 ;;;***
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
68 ;;;;;; (18787 48911))
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
76 ;;;***
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
79 ;;;;;; (18791 16530))
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
85 extensions.
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
87 the file name.
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
91 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
94 \(fn)" t nil)
96 ;;;***
98 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
99 ;;;;;; (18794 5654))
100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
103 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
105 \(fn)" t nil)
107 ;;;***
109 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
110 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
113 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
117 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
119 ;;;***
121 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
122 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
123 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
124 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (18789
125 ;;;;;; 14212))
126 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
128 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
130 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
131 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
132 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
133 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
135 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
138 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
141 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
143 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
144 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
145 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
146 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
147 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
148 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
150 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
152 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
153 Prompt for a change log name.
155 \(fn)" nil nil)
157 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
158 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
160 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
161 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
163 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
165 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
166 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
167 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
169 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
170 current buffer to the complete file name.
171 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
173 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
175 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
176 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
177 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
178 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
180 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
181 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
183 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
185 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
186 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
187 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
189 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
190 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
191 after a comma on an existing line.
193 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
194 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
195 the same person.
197 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
198 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
199 notices.
201 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
202 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
206 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
207 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
208 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
209 the change log file in another window.
211 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
213 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
214 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
215 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
216 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
217 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
218 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
220 \\{change-log-mode-map}
222 \(fn)" t nil)
224 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
225 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
227 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
228 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
230 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
231 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
233 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
234 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
236 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
237 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
239 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
240 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
241 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
242 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
243 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
245 Has a preference of looking backwards.
247 \(fn)" nil nil)
249 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
250 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
251 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
252 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
253 or a buffer.
255 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
256 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
258 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
260 ;;;***
262 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
263 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
264 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (18787 48921))
265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
267 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
268 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
269 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
270 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
271 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
272 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
273 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
274 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
275 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
276 interpreted as `error'.")
278 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
280 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
281 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
282 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
283 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
284 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
285 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
286 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
287 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
289 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
291 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
292 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
294 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
296 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
297 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
299 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
301 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
302 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
303 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
304 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
305 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
306 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
307 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
308 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
309 will be overwritten with the new one.
310 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
311 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
312 will clear the cache.
314 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
316 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
317 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
318 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
319 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
320 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
321 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
322 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
323 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
324 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
325 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
326 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
327 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
328 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
329 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
330 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
331 definition will always be cached for later usage.
333 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
335 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
336 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
337 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
339 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
340 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
341 BODY...)
343 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
344 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
345 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
346 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
347 see also `ad-add-advice'.
348 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
349 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
350 before/around/after-advices will be used.
351 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
352 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
353 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
354 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
355 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
356 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
358 Semantics of the various flags:
359 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
360 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
361 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
363 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
364 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
366 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
367 advised function should be compiled.
369 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
370 during activation until somebody enables it.
372 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
373 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
374 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
375 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
377 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
378 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
379 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
380 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
381 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
382 during preloading.
384 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
385 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
386 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
387 BODY...)
389 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
391 ;;;***
393 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
394 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
395 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18892 6535))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
398 (autoload 'align "align" "\
399 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
400 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
401 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
402 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
403 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
404 rule's `separate' attribute).
406 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
407 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
408 `separate' attribute set.
410 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
411 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
412 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
413 on the format of these lists.
415 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
417 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
418 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
419 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
420 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
421 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
422 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
423 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
424 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
425 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
426 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
427 options.
429 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
430 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
432 Fred (123) 456-7890
433 Alice (123) 456-7890
434 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
435 Joe (123) 456-7890
437 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
438 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
439 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
441 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
443 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
444 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
445 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
446 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
447 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
448 align that section.
450 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
452 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
453 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
454 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
455 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
456 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
457 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
458 been used to align that section.
460 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
462 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
463 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
464 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
465 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
466 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
467 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
468 to be colored.
470 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
472 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
473 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
475 \(fn)" t nil)
477 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
478 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
480 \(fn)" t nil)
482 ;;;***
484 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
485 ;;;;;; (18791 16506))
486 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
488 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
490 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
492 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
494 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
496 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
498 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
500 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
502 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
504 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
506 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
508 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
510 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
512 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
514 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
516 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
518 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
520 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
521 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
522 \\<allout-mode-map>
524 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
525 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
526 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
528 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
529 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
530 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
531 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
532 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
533 outline.)
535 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
537 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
538 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
539 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
540 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
541 - easy topic encryption and decryption
542 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
543 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
544 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
546 and many other features.
548 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
549 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
550 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
551 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
552 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
554 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
555 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
556 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
557 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
558 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
559 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
560 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
561 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
563 Exposure Control:
564 ----------------
565 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
566 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
567 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
568 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
569 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
571 Navigation:
572 ----------
573 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
574 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
575 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
576 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
577 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
578 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
579 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
580 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
581 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
582 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
585 Topic Header Production:
586 -----------------------
587 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
588 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
589 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
591 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
592 ---------------------------------
593 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
594 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
595 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
596 current topic
597 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
598 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
599 are alternated according to nesting depth.
600 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
601 the offspring are not affected.
602 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
604 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
605 ----------------------------------
606 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
607 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
608 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
609 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
610 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
611 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
612 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
613 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
615 Topic-oriented Encryption:
616 -------------------------
617 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
618 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
620 Misc commands:
621 -------------
622 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
623 and establish a default file-var setting
624 for `allout-layout'.
625 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
626 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
627 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
628 buffer with name derived from derived from that
629 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
630 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
631 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
632 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
633 format.
634 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
635 auto-activation.
637 Topic Encryption
639 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
640 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
641 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
642 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
644 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
645 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
646 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
647 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
649 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
650 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
651 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
652 pitfalls.
654 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
655 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
656 for details.
658 HOT-SPOT Operation
660 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
661 navigation and exposure control.
663 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
664 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
665 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
666 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
667 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
669 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
670 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
671 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
672 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
673 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
675 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
676 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
677 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
678 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
679 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
680 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
681 at the beginning of the current entry.
683 Extending Allout
685 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
686 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
687 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
689 `allout-mode-hook'
690 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
691 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
692 `allout-structure-added-hook'
693 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
694 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
696 Terminology
698 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
700 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
701 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
702 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
703 CURRENT ITEM:
704 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
705 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
706 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
707 called the:
708 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
710 ANCESTORS:
711 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
712 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
713 of the ITEM.
714 OFFSPRING:
715 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
716 SUBTOPIC:
717 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
718 CHILD:
719 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
720 SIBLINGS:
721 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
723 Topic text constituents:
725 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
726 text.
727 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
728 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
729 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
730 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
731 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
732 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
733 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
734 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
735 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
736 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
737 the PREFIX.
739 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
740 of the ITEM.
741 PREFIX-LEAD:
742 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
743 It can be customized by changing the setting of
744 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
746 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
747 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
748 program code without interfering with processing of the text
749 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
750 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
751 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
752 docstring for more detail.
753 PREFIX-PADDING:
754 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
755 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
756 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
757 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
758 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
759 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
760 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
761 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
762 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
763 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
764 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
765 more details.
766 EXPOSURE:
767 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
768 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
769 CONCEALED:
770 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
771 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
773 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
774 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
775 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
777 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
779 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
781 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
782 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
784 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
785 setup for auto-startup.
787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
789 ;;;***
791 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
792 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (18905 22709))
793 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
795 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
797 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
798 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
799 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
800 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
801 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
802 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
804 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
806 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
807 Not documented
809 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
811 ;;;***
813 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
814 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18787 48933))
815 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
817 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
818 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
819 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
820 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
821 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
822 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
823 in the current window.
825 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
827 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
828 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
829 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
831 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
833 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
834 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
835 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
837 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
839 ;;;***
841 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
842 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (18934 32602))
843 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
845 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
846 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
848 \(fn)" t nil)
850 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
851 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
853 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
854 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
855 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
856 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
858 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
859 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
861 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
863 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
865 ;;;***
867 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
868 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (18791 16530))
869 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
871 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
872 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
873 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
874 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
875 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
876 \\[yank].
878 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
879 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
880 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
881 the rules.
883 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
884 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
885 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
886 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
888 \(fn)" t nil)
890 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
891 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
892 \\{antlr-mode-map}
894 \(fn)" t nil)
896 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
897 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
898 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
900 \(fn)" nil nil)
902 ;;;***
904 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
905 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (18787 48920))
906 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
908 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
909 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
910 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
912 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
915 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
917 \(fn)" t nil)
919 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
920 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
921 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
922 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
923 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
924 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
925 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
927 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this function.
929 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
930 appointment package (if it is not already active).
932 \(fn)" nil nil)
934 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
935 Toggle checking of appointments.
936 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
937 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
941 ;;;***
943 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
944 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
945 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (18848 908))
946 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
948 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
949 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
950 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
951 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
953 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
954 kind of objects to search.
956 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
958 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
959 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
960 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
961 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
962 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
963 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
965 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
966 normal variables.
968 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
970 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
972 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
973 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
974 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
975 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
976 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
977 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
979 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
980 noninteractive functions.
982 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
983 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
985 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
986 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
988 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
990 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
991 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
993 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
995 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
996 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
997 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
998 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1000 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1001 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1002 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1003 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1005 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1006 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1008 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1010 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1012 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1013 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1014 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1015 thus be found in `load-history'.
1017 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1019 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1020 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1021 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1022 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1023 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1024 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1026 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1027 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1028 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1030 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1032 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1033 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1034 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1035 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1036 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1037 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1039 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1040 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1041 bindings.
1042 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1044 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1046 ;;;***
1048 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (18892
1049 ;;;;;; 6536))
1050 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1052 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1053 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1054 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1055 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1056 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1057 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1059 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1060 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1061 archive.
1063 \\{archive-mode-map}
1065 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1067 ;;;***
1069 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18794 5653))
1070 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1072 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1073 Major mode for editing arrays.
1075 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1076 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1077 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1079 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1081 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1082 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1083 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1085 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1086 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1087 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1088 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1089 The variables are:
1091 Variables you assign:
1092 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1093 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1094 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1095 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1096 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1097 row numbers in the buffer.
1099 Variables which are calculated:
1100 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1101 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1103 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1104 take a numeric prefix argument):
1106 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1107 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1108 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1109 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1111 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1112 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1113 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1114 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1116 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1117 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1118 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1119 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1121 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1122 between that of point and mark.
1124 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1125 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1127 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1128 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1129 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1130 newlines inside rows)
1132 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1134 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1136 \(fn)" t nil)
1138 ;;;***
1140 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18829
1141 ;;;;;; 65374))
1142 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1144 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1145 Toggle Artist mode.
1146 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1147 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1148 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1150 How to quit Artist mode
1152 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1155 How to submit a bug report
1157 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1160 Drawing with the mouse:
1162 mouse-2
1163 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1164 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1165 below).
1167 mouse-1
1168 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1169 or pastes:
1171 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1172 --------------------------------------------------------------
1173 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1174 to new point
1175 --------------------------------------------------------------
1176 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1177 --------------------------------------------------------------
1178 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1179 --------------------------------------------------------------
1180 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1181 --------------------------------------------------------------
1182 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1183 --------------------------------------------------------------
1184 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1185 --------------------------------------------------------------
1186 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1187 --------------------------------------------------------------
1188 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1189 --------------------------------------------------------------
1190 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1191 lines
1192 --------------------------------------------------------------
1193 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1194 --------------------------------------------------------------
1195 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1196 --------------------------------------------------------------
1197 Paste Paste Paste
1198 --------------------------------------------------------------
1199 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1200 --------------------------------------------------------------
1202 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1203 or diagonally.
1205 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1206 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1207 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1208 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1209 poly-lines.
1211 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1212 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1213 overwrite means the opposite.
1215 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1216 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1217 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1219 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1221 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1222 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1224 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1225 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1226 are currently drawing something.
1228 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1229 some time to fill.
1232 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1233 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1236 Settings
1238 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1240 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1242 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1244 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1246 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1247 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1249 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1252 Drawing with keys
1254 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1255 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1256 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1257 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1258 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1259 When pasting: Pastes
1261 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1263 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1265 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1266 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1267 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1268 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1269 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1270 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1273 Arrows
1275 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1276 of the line/poly-line
1278 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1279 of the line/poly-line
1282 Selecting operation
1284 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1286 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1287 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1288 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1289 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1290 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1291 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1292 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1293 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1294 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1295 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1296 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1297 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1298 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1299 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1300 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1301 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1302 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1303 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1304 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1305 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1308 Variables
1310 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1311 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1313 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1314 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1315 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1316 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1317 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1318 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1319 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1320 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1321 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1322 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1323 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1324 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1325 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1326 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1327 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1328 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1329 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1330 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1331 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1333 Hooks
1335 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1336 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1339 Keymap summary
1341 \\{artist-mode-map}
1343 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1345 ;;;***
1347 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18787
1348 ;;;;;; 48933))
1349 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1351 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1352 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1353 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1355 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1356 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1357 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1358 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1360 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1361 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1363 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1364 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1366 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1368 Special commands:
1369 \\{asm-mode-map}
1371 \(fn)" t nil)
1373 ;;;***
1375 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1376 ;;;;;; (18791 16506))
1377 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1379 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1380 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1381 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1383 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1385 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1386 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1387 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1388 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1389 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1390 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1391 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1392 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1393 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1394 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1396 For example:
1397 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1398 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1399 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1400 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1401 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1403 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1407 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1408 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1409 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1410 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1411 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1412 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1414 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1416 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1417 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1418 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1419 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1420 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1421 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1423 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1427 ;;;***
1429 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1430 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
1431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1433 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1434 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1436 \(fn)" t nil)
1438 ;;;***
1440 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1441 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (18787 48911))
1442 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1444 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1445 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1446 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1448 \(fn)" t nil)
1450 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1451 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1452 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1453 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1455 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1457 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1458 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1459 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1460 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1461 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1462 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1464 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1466 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1467 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1468 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1469 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1471 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1472 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1476 ;;;***
1478 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1479 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1480 ;;;;;; (18787 48921))
1481 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1483 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1485 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1486 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1487 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1488 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1489 save the buffer too.
1491 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1493 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1495 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1496 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1497 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1498 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1499 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1500 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1502 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1503 directory or directories specified.
1505 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1507 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1508 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1509 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1511 \(fn)" nil nil)
1513 ;;;***
1515 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1516 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1517 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (18787 48911))
1518 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1520 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1521 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1523 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1524 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1525 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1526 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1527 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1532 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1534 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1535 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1537 \(fn)" nil nil)
1539 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1540 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1541 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1543 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1544 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1545 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1546 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1547 reflected in the current buffer.
1549 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1550 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1551 writing before you save the file!
1553 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1557 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1558 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1560 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1561 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1563 \(fn)" nil nil)
1565 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1566 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1567 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1568 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1569 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1570 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1572 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1574 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1575 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1577 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1578 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1579 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1583 ;;;***
1585 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1586 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18787 48911))
1587 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1589 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1590 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1591 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1592 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1593 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1595 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1597 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1598 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1599 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1600 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1602 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1603 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1604 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1606 Effects of the different modes:
1607 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1608 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1609 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1610 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1611 a random distance & direction.
1612 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1613 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1614 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1616 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1618 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1619 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1620 definition of \"random distance\".)
1622 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1624 ;;;***
1626 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1627 ;;;;;; (18787 48911))
1628 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1629 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1631 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1632 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1633 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1634 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1636 \(fn)" t nil)
1638 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1639 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1640 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1641 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1642 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1643 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1645 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1647 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1648 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1649 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1650 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1651 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1652 seconds.
1654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1656 ;;;***
1658 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1659 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18879 46549))
1660 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1662 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1663 Time execution of FORMS.
1664 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1665 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1666 FORMS once.
1667 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1668 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1669 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1671 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1673 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1674 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1675 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1676 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1677 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1679 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1681 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1682 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1683 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1684 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1685 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1687 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1689 ;;;***
1691 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1692 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (18906 38046))
1693 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1695 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1696 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1697 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1698 of corresponding buffers.
1699 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1700 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1701 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1702 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1703 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1704 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1706 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1708 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1709 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1711 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1713 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1714 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1715 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1716 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1718 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1719 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1720 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1721 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1722 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1724 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1725 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1728 Special information:
1730 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1732 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1733 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1734 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1735 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1736 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1737 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1738 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1739 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1740 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1741 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1742 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1744 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1745 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1746 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1747 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1748 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1749 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1750 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1751 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1753 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1755 ----------------------------------------------------------
1756 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1757 if that value is non-nil.
1759 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1761 \(fn)" t nil)
1763 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1764 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1765 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1766 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1767 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1768 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1769 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1770 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1771 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1772 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1774 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1776 ;;;***
1778 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1779 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
1780 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1781 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode))
1783 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1784 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1786 \(fn)" t nil)
1788 ;;;***
1790 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1791 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1792 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
1793 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1795 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1797 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1798 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1799 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1801 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1803 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1804 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1806 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1808 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1809 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1811 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1813 ;;;***
1815 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18787
1816 ;;;;;; 48933))
1817 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1819 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1820 Play blackbox.
1821 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1823 What is blackbox?
1825 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1826 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1827 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1828 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1829 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1830 your score.
1832 Overview of play:
1834 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1835 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1836 four.
1838 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1839 movement keys.
1841 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1842 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1844 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1845 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1847 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1848 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1849 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1850 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1851 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1852 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1854 Details:
1856 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1858 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1859 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1860 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1861 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1863 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1864 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1865 denoted by the letter `R'.
1867 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1868 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1869 denoted by the letter `H'.
1871 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1872 example.
1874 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1875 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1876 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1877 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1878 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1879 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1880 ray.
1882 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1883 degree deflection it causes.
1886 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1887 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1888 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1889 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1890 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1891 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1892 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1893 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1896 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1897 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1900 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1901 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1902 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1903 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1904 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1905 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1906 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1907 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1909 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1910 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1911 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1912 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1913 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1914 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1915 emerging from the box.
1917 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1919 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1920 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1921 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1922 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1923 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1924 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1925 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1926 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1928 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1929 a reflection.
1931 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1933 ;;;***
1935 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1936 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1937 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump-other-window
1938 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (18787
1939 ;;;;;; 48911))
1940 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1941 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
1942 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
1943 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1945 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
1946 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1947 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1948 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1949 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1950 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1951 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
1953 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
1954 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1955 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1956 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1957 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1958 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1959 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1960 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1961 recent one.
1963 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1964 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1965 yank successive words.
1967 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1968 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1969 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1970 name of the file being visited.
1972 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1973 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1974 the list of bookmarks.)
1976 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1978 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
1979 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1980 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1981 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1982 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1983 this.
1985 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1986 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
1987 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1988 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1990 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1992 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
1993 Jump to BOOKMARK (a point in some file) in another window.
1994 See `bookmark-jump'.
1996 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1998 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
1999 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2000 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2001 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2002 after a bookmark was set in it.
2004 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2006 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2007 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2008 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2009 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2011 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2013 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2015 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2016 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2017 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2018 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2020 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2021 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2022 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2024 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2025 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2026 name.
2028 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2030 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2031 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2032 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2033 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2034 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2035 this.
2037 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2039 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2040 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2041 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2042 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2043 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2044 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2045 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2046 probably because we were called from there.
2048 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2050 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2051 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2052 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2054 \(fn)" t nil)
2056 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2057 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2058 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2059 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2060 \(second argument).
2062 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2063 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2064 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2065 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2066 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2068 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2069 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2070 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2071 `bookmark-default-file'.
2073 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2075 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2076 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2077 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2078 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2079 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2080 while loading.
2082 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2083 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2084 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2085 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2086 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2087 explicitly.
2089 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2090 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2091 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2092 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2094 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2096 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2097 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2098 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2099 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2100 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2102 \(fn)" t nil)
2104 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2106 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2108 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)) (define-key map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)) (define-key map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)) (define-key map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)) (define-key map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete)) (define-key map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename)) (define-key map [locate] '("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate)) (define-key map [insert] '("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert)) (define-key map [set] '("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set)) (define-key map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump)) map))
2110 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2112 ;;;***
2114 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2115 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2116 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2117 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2118 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2119 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2120 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2121 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2122 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2123 ;;;;;; (18918 44797))
2124 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2126 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2127 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2128 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2129 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2131 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2132 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2133 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2134 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2135 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2137 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2139 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2140 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2142 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2144 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2145 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2147 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2149 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2150 Not documented
2152 \(fn)" nil nil)
2154 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2155 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2156 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2157 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2158 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2159 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2161 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2163 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2164 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2165 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2166 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2167 narrowed.
2169 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2171 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2172 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2174 \(fn)" t nil)
2176 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2177 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2179 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2181 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2182 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2183 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2184 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2186 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2188 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2189 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2190 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2191 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2195 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2196 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2197 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2198 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2199 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2200 to use.
2202 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2204 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2205 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2206 Default to the URL around or before point.
2208 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2209 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2210 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2211 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2213 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2214 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2216 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2217 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2219 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2221 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2222 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2223 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2224 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2226 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2227 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2228 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2229 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2231 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2232 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2233 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2235 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2236 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2238 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2240 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2241 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2242 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2243 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2245 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2246 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2247 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2248 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2250 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2251 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2252 new tab in an existing window instead.
2254 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2255 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2257 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2259 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2260 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2261 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2262 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2263 Firefox.
2265 When called interactively, if variable
2266 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2267 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2268 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2269 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2271 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2272 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2273 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2275 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2276 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2278 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2279 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2280 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2281 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2282 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2283 URL in a new window.
2285 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2287 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2288 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2289 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2290 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2292 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2293 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2294 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2295 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2297 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2298 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2299 new tab in an existing window instead.
2301 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2302 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2304 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2306 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2307 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2309 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2311 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2312 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2313 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2314 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2316 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2317 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2318 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2319 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2321 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2322 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2324 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2326 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2327 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2329 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2330 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2331 program is invoked according to the variable
2332 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2334 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2335 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2336 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2337 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2339 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2340 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2342 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2344 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2345 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2346 Default to the URL around or before point.
2348 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2349 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2350 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2352 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2353 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2354 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2355 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2357 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2358 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2360 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2362 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2363 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2364 Default to the URL around or before point.
2366 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2367 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2368 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2370 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2371 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2373 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2375 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2376 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2377 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2378 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2380 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2382 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2383 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2384 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2385 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2386 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2387 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2389 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2391 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2392 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2393 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2394 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2395 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2397 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2398 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2399 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2400 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2402 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2403 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2407 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2408 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2409 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2410 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2411 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2412 current one.
2414 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2415 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2416 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2417 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2419 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2420 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2422 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2424 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2425 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2426 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2427 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2428 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2429 don't offer a form of remote control.
2431 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2433 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2434 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2435 Default to the URL around or before point.
2437 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2439 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2440 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2441 Default to the URL around the point.
2443 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2444 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2446 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2447 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2449 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2451 ;;;***
2453 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18787
2454 ;;;;;; 48933))
2455 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2457 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2458 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2460 \(fn)" t nil)
2462 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2463 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2465 \(fn)" nil nil)
2467 ;;;***
2469 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2470 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (18853 58440))
2471 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2473 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2474 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2475 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2476 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2478 \(fn)" t nil)
2480 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2481 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2482 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2483 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2485 \(fn)" t nil)
2487 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2488 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2490 \(fn)" t nil)
2492 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2493 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2494 \\<bs-mode-map>
2495 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2496 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2497 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2498 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2500 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2501 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2502 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2503 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2504 name of buffer configuration.
2506 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2508 ;;;***
2510 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (18890 28165))
2511 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2513 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2514 Play Bubbles game.
2515 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2516 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2517 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2518 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2519 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2520 columns on its right towards the left.
2522 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2523 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2524 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2525 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2527 \(fn)" t nil)
2529 ;;;***
2531 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2532 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (18797 25728))
2533 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2535 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2537 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2538 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2542 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2543 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2547 ;;;***
2549 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2550 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2551 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2552 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2553 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2554 ;;;;;; (18825 40643))
2555 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2556 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2557 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2558 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2559 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2561 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2562 Return non-nil if X is valid as a value of `byte-compile-warnings'.
2564 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2566 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2567 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2568 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2569 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2570 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2571 else the global value will be modified.
2573 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2575 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2576 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2577 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2578 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2579 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2580 else the global value will be modified.
2582 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2584 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2585 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2586 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2588 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2590 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2591 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2592 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2593 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2595 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2596 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2597 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2598 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2599 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2600 before scanning it.
2602 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2603 that already has a `.elc' file.
2605 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2606 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2608 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2609 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2610 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2611 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2612 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2613 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2615 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2617 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2618 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2619 Print the result in the echo area.
2620 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2624 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2625 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2626 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2628 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2630 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2631 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2632 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2633 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2634 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2635 all functions called by those functions.
2637 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2638 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2639 cons, etc.).
2641 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2642 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2643 invoked interactively.
2645 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2647 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2648 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2649 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2650 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2652 \(fn)" nil nil)
2654 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2655 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2656 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2657 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2658 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2659 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2660 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2661 already up-to-date.
2663 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2665 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2666 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2667 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2668 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2670 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2671 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2672 and corresponding effects.
2674 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2676 ;;;***
2678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (18787
2679 ;;;;;; 48920))
2680 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2682 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2684 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2686 ;;;***
2688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (18787 48920))
2689 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2691 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2693 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2695 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2697 ;;;***
2699 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2700 ;;;;;; (18787 48920))
2701 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2703 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2704 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2705 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2706 from the cursor position.
2708 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2710 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2712 ;;;***
2714 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2715 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2716 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2717 ;;;;;; (18934 26356))
2718 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2720 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2721 File in which to record permanent settings.")
2723 (custom-autoload 'calc-settings-file "calc" t)
2724 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2726 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2727 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2731 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2732 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2734 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2736 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2737 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2739 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2741 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2742 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2744 \(fn)" t nil)
2746 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2747 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2748 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2749 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2751 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2753 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2754 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2755 This is most useful in the X window system.
2756 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2757 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2759 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2761 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2762 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2763 See calc-keypad for details.
2765 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2767 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2768 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2770 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2772 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2773 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2775 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2777 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2778 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2780 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2782 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2783 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2784 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2786 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2788 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2789 Define Calc function.
2791 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2792 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2793 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2795 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2796 actual Lisp function name.
2798 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2800 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2802 ;;;***
2804 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18787
2805 ;;;;;; 48911))
2806 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2808 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2809 Run the Emacs calculator.
2810 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2812 \(fn)" t nil)
2814 ;;;***
2816 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (18862
2817 ;;;;;; 237))
2818 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2820 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2821 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2822 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2823 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2824 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2825 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2827 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2828 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2829 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2830 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2831 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2832 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2833 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2834 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2835 window.
2837 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2838 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2840 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2841 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2842 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2843 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2844 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2845 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2847 Runs the following hooks:
2849 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2850 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2851 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2852 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2854 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2858 ;;;***
2860 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2861 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18787 48925))
2862 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2864 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2865 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2867 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2869 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2870 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2871 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2872 it fails.
2874 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2876 ;;;***
2878 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2879 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
2880 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2882 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2883 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2885 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2886 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2887 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2888 restriction to ASCII.
2890 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2892 capitalizedWorDD
2893 ^ ^ ^^
2895 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2896 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2897 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2899 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2900 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2901 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2902 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2903 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2904 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2905 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2907 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2908 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2912 ;;;***
2914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18787
2915 ;;;;;; 48934))
2916 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2917 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2919 ;;;***
2921 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2922 ;;;;;; (18848 16181))
2923 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2925 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2926 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2928 \(fn)" nil nil)
2930 ;;;***
2932 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2933 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2934 ;;;;;; (18963 23682))
2935 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2937 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2938 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2939 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2940 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2941 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2942 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2943 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2945 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2947 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2948 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2949 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2950 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2951 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2952 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2953 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2954 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2955 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
2956 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
2958 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
2959 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2960 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2961 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2962 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2963 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
2965 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2967 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2968 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
2970 Key bindings:
2971 \\{c-mode-map}
2973 \(fn)" t nil)
2975 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2976 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2978 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
2979 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2980 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2981 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2982 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2983 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2984 message.
2986 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2988 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2989 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
2991 Key bindings:
2992 \\{c++-mode-map}
2994 \(fn)" t nil)
2996 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2997 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2998 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3000 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3001 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3002 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3003 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3004 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3005 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3006 message.
3008 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3010 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3011 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3013 Key bindings:
3014 \\{objc-mode-map}
3016 \(fn)" t nil)
3018 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3019 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3020 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3022 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3023 Major mode for editing Java code.
3024 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3025 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3026 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3027 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3028 message.
3030 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3032 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3033 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3035 Key bindings:
3036 \\{java-mode-map}
3038 \(fn)" t nil)
3040 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3041 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3042 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3044 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3045 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3046 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3047 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3048 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3049 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3050 message.
3052 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3054 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3055 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3057 Key bindings:
3058 \\{idl-mode-map}
3060 \(fn)" t nil)
3062 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3063 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3064 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3065 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3067 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3068 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3069 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3070 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3071 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3072 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3073 message.
3075 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3077 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3078 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3080 Key bindings:
3081 \\{pike-mode-map}
3083 \(fn)" t nil)
3084 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3085 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3086 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3087 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3088 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3089 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3091 ;;;***
3093 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3094 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18794 5654))
3095 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3097 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3098 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3099 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3100 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3102 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3104 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3105 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3106 might get set too.
3108 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3109 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3110 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3111 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3112 way.
3114 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3115 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3116 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3117 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3118 a null operation.
3120 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3122 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3123 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3124 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3125 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3127 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3129 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3130 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3131 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3133 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3135 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3136 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3137 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3138 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3139 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3141 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3143 ;;;***
3145 ;;;### (autoloads (c-subword-mode) "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el"
3146 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
3147 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3149 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "\
3150 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
3151 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
3152 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
3153 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
3154 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
3155 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
3156 Here are some examples:
3158 Nomenclature Subwords
3159 ===========================================================
3160 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
3161 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
3162 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
3164 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
3165 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
3166 as words.
3168 \\{c-subword-mode-map}
3170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3172 ;;;***
3174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (18937 47935))
3175 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3176 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3177 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3178 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3180 ;;;***
3182 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3183 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3184 ;;;;;; (18878 26805))
3185 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3187 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3188 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3190 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3192 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3193 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3195 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3197 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3198 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3200 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3201 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3202 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3203 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3204 execution.
3206 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3208 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3210 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3211 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3213 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3214 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3215 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3216 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3218 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3219 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3220 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3221 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3222 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3223 `write' commands.
3225 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3226 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3227 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3228 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3230 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3231 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3232 semantics.
3234 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3236 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3238 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3240 STATEMENT :=
3241 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3242 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3244 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3245 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3246 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3247 | integer
3249 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3251 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3252 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3253 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3255 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3256 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3257 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3259 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3260 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3262 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3263 BREAK := (break)
3265 REPEAT :=
3266 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3267 (repeat)
3268 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3269 ;; (repeat))
3270 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3271 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3272 ;; (read REG)
3273 ;; (repeat))
3274 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3275 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3276 ;; (read REG)
3277 ;; (repeat))
3278 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3280 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3281 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3282 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3283 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3284 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3285 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3286 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3287 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3288 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3289 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3290 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3291 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3292 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3293 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3294 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3295 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3297 WRITE :=
3298 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3299 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3300 ;; representation.
3301 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3302 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3303 ;; (write r7))
3304 | (write EXPRESSION)
3305 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3306 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3307 ;; representation.
3308 | (write integer)
3309 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3310 ;; buffer.
3311 | (write string)
3312 ;; Same as: (write string)
3313 | string
3314 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3315 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3316 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3317 ;; representation.
3318 | (write REG ARRAY)
3319 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3320 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3321 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3322 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3323 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3324 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3326 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3327 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3329 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3330 END := (end)
3332 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3333 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3334 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3336 ARG := REG | integer
3338 OPERATOR :=
3339 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3340 + | - | * | / | %
3342 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3343 | & | `|' | ^
3345 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3346 | << | >>
3348 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3349 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3350 | <8
3352 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3353 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3354 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3355 | >8
3357 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3358 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3359 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3360 | //
3362 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3363 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3365 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3366 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3367 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3368 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3369 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3370 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3371 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3372 | de-sjis
3374 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3375 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3376 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3377 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3378 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3379 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3380 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3381 ;; byte of SJIS.
3382 | en-sjis
3384 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3385 ;; Same meaning as C code
3386 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3388 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3389 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3390 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3391 | <8=
3393 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3394 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3395 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3397 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3398 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3399 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3400 | //=
3402 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3405 TRANSLATE :=
3406 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3407 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3408 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3409 LOOKUP :=
3410 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3411 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3412 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3413 MAP :=
3414 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3415 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3416 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3417 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3418 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3419 MAP-ID := integer
3421 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3423 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3424 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3425 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3426 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3427 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3428 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3430 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3432 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3433 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3434 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3436 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3438 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3440 ;;;***
3442 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3443 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
3444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3446 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3447 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3448 There are no special keybindings by default.
3450 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3451 to the action header.
3453 \(fn)" t nil)
3455 ;;;***
3457 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3458 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (18787 48921))
3459 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3461 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3462 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3463 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3465 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3467 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3468 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3469 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found. For this to
3470 work correctly, the statements must adhere to the format
3471 described in the documentation of `declare-function'.
3473 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3475 ;;;***
3477 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3478 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3479 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3480 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3481 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3482 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3483 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3484 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3485 ;;;;;; (18787 48921))
3486 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3487 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3488 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3490 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3491 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3492 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3493 the users will view as each check is completed.
3495 \(fn)" t nil)
3497 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3498 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3499 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3500 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3501 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3502 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3503 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3504 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3506 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3508 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3509 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3510 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3511 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3512 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3513 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3514 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3515 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3517 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3519 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3520 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3521 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3522 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3523 spacing are all verified.
3525 \(fn)" t nil)
3527 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3528 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3529 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3530 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3531 otherwise stop after the first error.
3533 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3535 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3536 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3537 Only documentation strings are checked.
3538 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3539 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3540 a separate buffer.
3542 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3544 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3545 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3546 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3547 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3548 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3550 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3552 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3553 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3554 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3555 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3556 if there is one.
3558 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3560 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3561 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3562 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3563 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3564 if there is one.
3565 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3567 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3569 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3570 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3571 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3573 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3575 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3576 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3577 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3578 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3579 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3581 \(fn)" t nil)
3583 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3584 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3585 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3586 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3587 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3588 space at the end of each line.
3590 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3592 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3593 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3594 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3595 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3597 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3599 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3600 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3601 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3602 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3604 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3606 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3607 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3608 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3609 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3611 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3613 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3614 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3615 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3616 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3618 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3620 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3621 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3622 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3623 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3625 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3627 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3628 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3629 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3630 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3632 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3634 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3635 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3636 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3637 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3639 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3641 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3642 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3643 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3644 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3646 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3648 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3649 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3650 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3651 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3653 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3655 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3656 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3657 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3658 turn it off.
3660 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3661 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3662 checking of documentation strings.
3664 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3668 ;;;***
3670 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3671 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3672 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (18787 48928))
3673 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3675 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3676 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3677 Return the length of resulting text.
3679 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3681 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3682 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3684 \(fn)" t nil)
3686 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3687 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3688 Return the length of resulting text.
3690 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3692 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3693 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3695 \(fn)" t nil)
3697 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3698 Not documented
3700 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3702 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3703 Not documented
3705 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3707 ;;;***
3709 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3710 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18787 48911))
3711 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3713 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3714 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3715 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3716 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3717 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3718 editing and the result is evaluated.
3720 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3722 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3723 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3724 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3725 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3726 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3728 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3730 \(fn)" t nil)
3732 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3733 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3734 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3735 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3736 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3738 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3739 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3740 \\{command-history-map}
3742 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3743 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3745 \(fn)" t nil)
3747 ;;;***
3749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (18787 48921))
3750 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3752 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3753 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3754 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3755 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3756 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3757 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3759 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3760 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3762 ;;;***
3764 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3765 ;;;;;; (18787 48921))
3766 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3768 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3769 Not documented
3771 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3773 ;;;***
3775 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3776 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
3777 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3779 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3780 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3781 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3782 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3784 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3785 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3786 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3787 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3789 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3790 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3792 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3794 ;;;***
3796 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18825
3797 ;;;;;; 40643))
3798 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3800 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3801 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3802 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3803 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3804 of `scheme-program-name').
3805 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3806 it is given as initial input.
3807 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3808 discards input when it starts up.
3809 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3810 is run).
3811 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3813 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3814 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3816 ;;;***
3818 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3819 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3820 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3821 ;;;;;; (18787 48911))
3822 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3824 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3825 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3826 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3827 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3828 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3829 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3830 functions have already modified the buffer.
3832 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3834 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3835 either globally or locally.")
3837 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
3839 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3840 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3841 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3842 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3843 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3844 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3845 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3846 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3848 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3850 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3852 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3853 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3854 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3855 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3856 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3857 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3858 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3859 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
3861 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3863 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3865 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3866 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3867 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3868 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3869 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3870 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3872 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3874 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
3875 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3876 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3877 directory tracking functions.")
3879 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3880 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3881 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3883 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3885 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3887 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3888 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3889 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3891 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3893 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3895 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3896 Send COMMAND to current process.
3897 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3898 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3900 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3902 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3903 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3904 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3905 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3907 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3909 ;;;***
3911 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18787
3912 ;;;;;; 48911))
3913 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3915 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
3916 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3917 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3918 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3920 This command pushes the mark in each window
3921 at the prior location of point in that window.
3922 If both windows display the same buffer,
3923 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3924 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3926 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
3927 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
3928 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
3929 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
3930 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
3931 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3932 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
3933 ignored.
3935 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
3936 this command work in interlaced mode:
3937 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
3938 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
3939 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
3941 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
3943 ;;;***
3945 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
3946 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
3947 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
3948 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
3949 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18961
3950 ;;;;;; 36796))
3951 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3953 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3954 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
3956 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
3958 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
3959 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
3960 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
3961 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
3962 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
3963 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
3964 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
3966 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
3968 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3969 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3971 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
3973 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3974 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3975 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
3976 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3977 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
3978 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
3979 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
3981 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3982 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3983 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3984 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3985 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3987 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3988 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3989 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3990 describing how the process finished.")
3992 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3993 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3994 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3995 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3996 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3998 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3999 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4000 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4002 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4004 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4005 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4006 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4007 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4009 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4011 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4012 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4014 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4015 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4017 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4018 (lambda ()
4019 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4020 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4021 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4022 (concat \"make -k \"
4023 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4025 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4026 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4028 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4029 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4030 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4031 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4033 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4035 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4036 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4037 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4038 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4040 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4041 and move to the source code that caused it.
4043 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4044 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4046 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4047 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4048 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4049 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4051 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4052 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4053 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4054 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4056 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4057 kills its subprocesses.
4059 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4060 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4061 to a function that generates a unique name.
4063 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4065 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4066 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4067 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4068 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4070 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4071 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4073 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4074 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4075 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4076 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4078 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4079 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4080 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4082 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4084 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4086 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4087 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4088 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4089 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4090 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4092 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4094 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4096 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4098 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4099 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4100 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4101 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4102 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4103 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4104 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4108 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4109 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4110 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4111 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4112 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4113 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4117 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4118 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4119 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4121 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4123 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode))
4125 ;;;***
4127 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4128 ;;;;;; (18816 31238))
4129 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4131 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4132 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4133 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4134 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4135 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4136 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4138 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4140 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4141 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4142 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4144 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4145 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4146 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4147 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4149 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4150 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4151 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4152 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4154 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4155 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4156 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4157 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4159 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4160 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4161 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4162 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4163 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4167 ;;;***
4169 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4170 ;;;;;; (18787 48911))
4171 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4173 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4174 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4175 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4176 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4177 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4178 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4180 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4182 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4183 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4187 ;;;***
4189 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-composition-mode auto-composition-mode
4190 ;;;;;; encode-composition-rule) "composite" "composite.el" (18890
4191 ;;;;;; 15680))
4192 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4194 (autoload 'encode-composition-rule "composite" "\
4195 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4196 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4197 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4199 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4201 (autoload 'auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4202 Toggle Auto Composition mode.
4203 With ARG, turn Auto Composition mode off if and only if ARG is a non-positive
4204 number; if ARG is nil, toggle Auto Composition mode; anything else turns Auto
4205 Composition on.
4207 When Auto Composition is enabled, text characters are automatically composed
4208 by functions registered in `composition-function-table' (which see).
4210 You can use `global-auto-composition-mode' to turn on
4211 Auto Composition mode in all buffers (this is the default).
4213 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4215 (defvar global-auto-composition-mode (not noninteractive) "\
4216 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Composition mode is enabled.
4217 See the command `global-auto-composition-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4218 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4219 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4220 or call the function `global-auto-composition-mode'.")
4222 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" nil)
4224 (autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4225 Toggle Auto-Composition mode in every possible buffer.
4226 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Auto-Composition mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4227 Auto-Composition mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-auto-composition-if-enabled' would do it.
4228 See `auto-composition-mode' for more information on Auto-Composition mode.
4230 \(fn &optional ARG DUMMY)" t nil)
4232 ;;;***
4234 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4235 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4236 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4237 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
4238 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4240 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4241 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4242 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4243 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4244 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4245 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4246 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4248 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4249 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4250 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4252 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4253 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4254 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4256 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4257 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4258 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4259 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4261 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4262 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4263 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4264 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4265 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4266 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4267 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4269 \\{conf-mode-map}
4271 \(fn)" t nil)
4273 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4274 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4275 Comments start with `#'.
4276 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4278 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4280 \[Desktop Entry]
4281 Encoding=UTF-8
4282 Name=The GIMP
4283 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4284 Name[cs]=GIMP
4286 \(fn)" t nil)
4288 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4289 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4290 Comments start with `;'.
4291 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4293 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4295 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4296 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4297 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4299 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4300 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4302 \(fn)" t nil)
4304 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4305 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4306 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4307 between `/*' and `*/'.
4308 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4310 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4311 // another kind of comment
4312 /* yet another */
4314 name:value
4315 name=value
4316 name value
4317 x.1 =
4318 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4319 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4321 \(fn)" t nil)
4323 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4324 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4325 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4326 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4327 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4328 `conf-space-keywords'.
4329 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4330 in an interactive fashion instead.
4332 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4334 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4336 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4337 image/png png
4338 image/tiff tiff tif
4340 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4341 class desktop
4342 # Standard multimedia devices
4343 add /dev/audio desktop
4344 add /dev/mixer desktop
4346 \(fn)" t nil)
4348 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4349 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4350 See `conf-space-mode'.
4352 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4354 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4355 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4356 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4357 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4359 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4361 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4362 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4364 \(fn)" t nil)
4366 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4367 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4368 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4369 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4371 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4373 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4374 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4376 \(fn)" t nil)
4378 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4379 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4380 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4381 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4383 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4385 *background: gray99
4386 *foreground: black
4388 \(fn)" t nil)
4390 ;;;***
4392 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4393 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18787 48933))
4394 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4396 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4397 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4398 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4399 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4401 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4403 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4404 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4405 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4406 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4408 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4410 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4411 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4412 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4413 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4415 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4417 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4418 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4420 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4422 ;;;***
4424 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4425 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (18844
4426 ;;;;;; 39825))
4427 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4429 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4430 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4431 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4432 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4433 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4434 following the copyright are updated as well.
4435 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4436 interactively.
4438 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4440 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4441 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4442 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4444 \(fn)" t nil)
4446 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4447 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4449 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4451 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4452 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4454 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH)" t nil)
4456 ;;;***
4458 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4459 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (18852 12908))
4460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4461 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4462 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4463 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4464 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4465 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4466 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4467 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4469 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4470 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4471 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4472 Tab indents for Perl code.
4473 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4474 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4476 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4477 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4478 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4479 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4480 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4481 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4482 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4483 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4484 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4485 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4486 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4487 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4489 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4491 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4492 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4494 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4496 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4497 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4498 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4499 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4500 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4501 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4502 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4503 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4504 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4506 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4508 bite if angry;
4510 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4511 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4512 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4513 to nil.)
4515 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4516 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4517 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4519 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4521 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4522 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4523 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4524 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4525 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4527 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4529 if (A) { B }
4531 into
4533 B if A;
4535 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4537 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4538 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4539 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4540 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4541 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4542 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4543 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4544 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4545 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4546 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4547 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4548 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4549 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4551 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4552 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4553 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4554 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4555 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4556 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4558 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4559 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4560 man via menu.
4562 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4563 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4564 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4565 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4566 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4568 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4569 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4570 span the needed amount of lines.
4572 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4573 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4574 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4575 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4577 Variables controlling indentation style:
4578 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4579 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4580 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4581 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4582 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4583 `cperl-auto-newline'
4584 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4585 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4586 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4587 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4588 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4589 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4590 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4591 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4592 `cperl-indent-level'
4593 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4594 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4595 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4596 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4597 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4598 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4599 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4600 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4601 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4602 `cperl-brace-offset'
4603 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4604 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4605 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4606 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4607 `cperl-label-offset'
4608 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4609 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4610 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4612 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4613 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4614 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4615 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4616 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4617 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4619 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4620 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4621 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4622 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4624 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4625 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4626 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4627 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
4628 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4629 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4631 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4632 column 0 is indented on
4633 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4635 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4636 with no args.
4638 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4639 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4640 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4642 \(fn)" t nil)
4644 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4645 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4647 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4649 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4650 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4652 \(fn)" t nil)
4654 ;;;***
4656 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4657 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
4658 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4660 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4661 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4662 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4663 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4664 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4666 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4668 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4669 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4671 \(fn)" t nil)
4673 ;;;***
4675 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4676 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
4677 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4679 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4680 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4681 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4682 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4684 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4685 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4687 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4689 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4690 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4691 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4695 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4697 ;;;***
4699 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4700 ;;;;;; (18877 40947))
4701 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4703 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4704 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4705 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4706 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4708 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4709 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4710 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4711 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4713 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4714 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4715 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4717 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4718 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4719 'bob', and 'eve'.
4721 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4722 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4723 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4725 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4727 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4728 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4729 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4731 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4733 ;;;***
4735 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18803
4736 ;;;;;; 56787))
4737 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4738 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
4740 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4741 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4743 \(fn)" t nil)
4745 ;;;***
4747 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4748 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
4749 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4751 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4752 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4753 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4755 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4756 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4758 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4760 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4761 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4762 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4763 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4764 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4766 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4767 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4768 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4769 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4770 function of these prefix keys.
4772 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4773 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4774 options:
4775 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4776 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4777 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4779 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4780 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4781 the prefix fallback behavior.
4783 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4784 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4785 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4786 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4790 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4791 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4793 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4795 ;;;***
4797 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4798 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4799 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4800 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4801 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4802 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4803 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4804 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4805 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4806 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4807 ;;;;;; (18844 39825))
4808 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4810 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4811 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4813 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4815 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4816 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4818 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4820 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4821 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4823 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4824 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4826 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4827 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4829 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4830 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4832 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4833 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4835 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4837 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4839 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4840 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4841 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4843 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4844 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4846 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4847 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4849 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4850 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4852 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4854 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4856 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4857 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4858 Return VALUE.
4860 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4861 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4863 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4864 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4866 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4867 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4869 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4871 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4873 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4874 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4875 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4876 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4877 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4879 \(fn)" t nil)
4881 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4882 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4883 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4884 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4886 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4888 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4889 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4891 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4893 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4894 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4896 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4898 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4900 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4901 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4903 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4905 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4907 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4908 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4909 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4911 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4913 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4914 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4915 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4916 as part of Emacs itself.
4918 Each elements looks like this:
4920 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4922 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4923 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4924 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4925 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4926 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4927 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4928 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4929 and `defface'.
4931 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4933 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4934 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4935 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4936 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4937 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4939 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4940 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4941 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4942 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4944 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4946 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4947 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4948 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4949 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4950 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4952 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
4953 that were added or redefined since that version.
4955 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4957 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
4958 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
4959 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
4960 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4962 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4963 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4965 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4967 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4968 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
4969 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4971 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4972 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4974 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4976 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
4977 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
4979 \(fn)" t nil)
4981 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
4982 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
4984 \(fn)" t nil)
4986 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
4987 Customize all already saved user options.
4989 \(fn)" t nil)
4991 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
4992 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
4993 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4994 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4995 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4996 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
4997 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
4998 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5000 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5002 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5003 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5004 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5005 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5007 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5009 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5010 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5012 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5014 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5015 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5017 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5019 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5020 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5021 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5022 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5023 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5024 that option.
5026 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5028 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5029 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5030 The result includes selecting that window.
5031 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5032 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5033 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5034 that option.
5036 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5038 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5039 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5041 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5043 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5044 File used for storing customization information.
5045 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5046 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5047 it should be an absolute file name.
5049 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5050 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5051 something like the following in your init file:
5053 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5054 \(load custom-file)
5056 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5057 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5059 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5060 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5061 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5062 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5063 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5065 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5066 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5067 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5068 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5069 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5070 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5071 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5072 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5073 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5074 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5076 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5078 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5079 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5081 \(fn)" nil nil)
5083 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5084 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5086 \(fn)" t nil)
5088 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5089 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5090 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5092 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5094 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5095 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5096 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5097 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5098 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5100 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5102 ;;;***
5104 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5105 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
5106 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5108 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5109 Create a custom theme.
5111 \(fn)" t nil)
5113 ;;;***
5115 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5116 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
5117 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5119 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5120 Mode used for cvs status output.
5122 \(fn)" t nil)
5124 ;;;***
5126 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5127 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (18787 48934))
5128 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5130 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5131 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5133 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5134 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5135 C++ modes are included.
5137 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5141 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5142 Turn on CWarn mode.
5144 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5145 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5147 \(fn)" nil nil)
5149 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5150 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5151 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5152 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5153 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5154 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5156 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5158 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5159 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5160 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5161 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5162 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5166 ;;;***
5168 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5169 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5170 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
5171 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5173 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5174 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5176 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5178 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5179 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5181 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5183 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5184 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5185 For readability, the table is slightly
5186 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5188 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5189 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5190 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5191 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5192 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5194 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5196 ;;;***
5198 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5199 ;;;;;; (18799 16230))
5200 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5201 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5202 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5204 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5205 Completion on current word.
5206 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5207 and presents suggestions for completion.
5209 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5210 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5211 completions.
5213 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5214 then it searches *all* buffers.
5216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5218 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5219 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5221 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5222 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5223 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5224 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5225 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5227 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5228 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5230 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5231 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5232 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5234 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5235 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5237 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5239 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5241 ;;;***
5243 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (18816
5244 ;;;;;; 36020))
5245 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5247 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5248 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5249 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5250 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5251 If the HANDLER returns an `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5253 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5255 ;;;***
5257 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18787
5258 ;;;;;; 48934))
5259 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5261 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5262 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5264 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5265 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5266 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5268 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5269 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5270 Data lines are not indented.
5272 Key bindings:
5274 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5275 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5277 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5278 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5279 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5280 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5282 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5284 dcl-basic-offset
5285 Extra indentation within blocks.
5287 dcl-continuation-offset
5288 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5290 dcl-margin-offset
5291 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5293 dcl-margin-label-offset
5294 Indentation for a label.
5296 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5297 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5299 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5300 dcl-block-end-regexp
5301 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5302 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5303 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5304 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5305 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5307 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5308 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5309 Two such functions are included in the package:
5310 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5311 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5313 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5314 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5315 One such function is included in the package:
5316 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5318 dcl-tab-always-indent
5319 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5320 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5321 margin.
5323 dcl-electric-characters
5324 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5325 typed.
5327 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5328 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5329 which words trigger electric indentation.
5331 dcl-tempo-comma
5332 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5333 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5334 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5336 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5337 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5338 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5339 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5341 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5342 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5343 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5344 dcl-imenu-label-call
5345 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5347 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5348 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5349 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5350 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5353 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5355 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5356 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5357 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5358 $ i = 1
5359 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5360 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5361 $ label:
5362 $ if i.eq.1
5363 $ then
5364 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5365 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5366 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5367 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5368 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5369 \"lined up with the command line\"
5370 $ type sys$input
5371 Data lines are not indented at all.
5372 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5373 $ endif
5377 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5378 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5380 \(fn)" t nil)
5382 ;;;***
5384 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5385 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (18787 48921))
5386 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5388 (setq debugger 'debug)
5390 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5391 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5392 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5393 of the evaluator.
5395 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5396 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5397 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5399 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5401 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5402 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5404 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5406 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5407 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5408 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5409 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5410 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5411 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5413 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5414 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5416 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5418 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5419 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5420 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5421 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5422 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5424 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5426 ;;;***
5428 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5429 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
5430 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5432 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5433 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5435 \(fn)" t nil)
5437 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5438 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5439 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5440 Upper-case letters are commands.
5442 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5443 modify it.
5445 The most useful commands are:
5446 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5447 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5448 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5449 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5450 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5451 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5453 \(fn)" t nil)
5455 ;;;***
5457 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5458 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18787
5459 ;;;;;; 48912))
5460 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5462 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5463 Customization of `columns' group.
5465 \(fn)" t nil)
5467 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5468 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5470 START and END delimits the text region.
5472 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5474 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5475 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5477 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5479 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5481 ;;;***
5483 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (18787
5484 ;;;;;; 48934))
5485 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5487 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5488 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5489 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5490 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5491 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5492 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5494 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5496 Customization:
5498 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5499 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5500 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5501 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5502 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5503 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5504 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5505 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5506 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5507 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5508 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5509 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5510 blank line.
5511 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5512 Directories to search when finding external units.
5513 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5514 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5516 Coloring:
5518 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5519 Face used to color delphi comments.
5520 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5521 Face used to color delphi strings.
5522 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5523 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5524 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5525 Face used to color everything else.
5527 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5528 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5530 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5532 ;;;***
5534 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18787
5535 ;;;;;; 48912))
5536 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5538 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5540 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5541 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5542 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5543 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5544 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5545 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5547 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5549 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5550 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5551 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5552 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5554 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5555 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5556 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5557 any selection.
5559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5561 ;;;***
5563 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5564 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (18787 48921))
5565 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5567 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5568 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5570 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5572 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5573 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5574 or nil if there is no parent.
5575 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5576 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5577 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5578 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5579 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5581 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5582 arguments are currently understood:
5583 :group GROUP
5584 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5585 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5586 :syntax-table TABLE
5587 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5588 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5589 :abbrev-table TABLE
5590 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5591 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5593 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5595 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5597 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5598 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5599 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5601 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5602 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5604 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5605 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5606 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5608 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5609 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5611 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5612 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5614 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5616 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5618 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5619 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5620 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5621 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5622 the first time the mode is used.
5624 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5626 ;;;***
5628 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5629 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (18906 41485))
5630 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5632 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5633 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5634 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5635 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5636 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5637 otherwise.
5639 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5641 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5642 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5643 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5644 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5645 character composition information (if relevant),
5646 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5648 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5650 ;;;***
5652 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5653 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5654 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5655 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (18886 63158))
5656 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5658 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5659 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5660 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5662 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5664 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5665 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5666 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5667 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5668 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5669 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5673 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5674 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5675 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5676 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5678 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5680 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5681 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5682 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5684 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5685 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5686 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5688 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5689 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5691 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5692 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5693 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5695 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5696 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5697 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5698 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5700 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5702 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5703 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5705 Handlers are called with argument list
5707 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5709 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5711 desktop-file-version
5712 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5713 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5714 desktop-buffer-point
5715 desktop-buffer-mark
5716 desktop-buffer-read-only
5717 desktop-buffer-locals
5719 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5720 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5722 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5723 code like
5725 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5727 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5728 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5730 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5732 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5734 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5735 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5736 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5737 List elements must have the form
5739 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5741 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5742 function.
5744 Handlers are called with argument list
5746 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5748 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5750 desktop-file-version
5751 desktop-buffer-file-name
5752 desktop-buffer-name
5753 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5754 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5755 desktop-buffer-point
5756 desktop-buffer-mark
5757 desktop-buffer-read-only
5758 desktop-buffer-misc
5760 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5761 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5762 created and set.
5764 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5765 code like
5767 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5769 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5770 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5772 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5774 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5776 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5778 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5779 Empty the Desktop.
5780 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5781 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5782 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5784 \(fn)" t nil)
5786 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5787 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5788 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5789 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5790 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5792 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5794 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5795 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5796 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5798 \(fn)" t nil)
5800 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5801 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5802 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5803 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5804 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5805 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5806 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5807 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5809 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5811 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5812 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5813 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5815 \(fn)" nil nil)
5817 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5818 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5819 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5820 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5821 directory DIRNAME.
5823 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5825 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5826 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5828 \(fn)" t nil)
5830 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5831 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5833 \(fn)" t nil)
5835 ;;;***
5837 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5838 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5839 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18794 5654))
5840 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5842 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5843 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5844 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5845 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5846 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5847 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5849 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5851 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5852 Repair a broken attribution line.
5853 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5855 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5857 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5858 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5859 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5860 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5862 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5864 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5865 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5867 \(fn)" t nil)
5869 ;;;***
5871 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5872 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (18901 14441))
5873 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5875 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5876 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5877 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5878 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5879 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5883 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5884 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5885 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5886 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5888 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5889 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5890 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5891 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5893 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5894 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5896 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5897 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5898 calendar-date-style 'european
5899 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5901 \(diary-mail-entries)
5903 # diary-rem.el ends here
5905 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5907 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5908 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5910 \(fn)" t nil)
5912 ;;;***
5914 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5915 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18794 5653))
5916 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5918 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5919 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5921 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5923 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5924 The command to use to run diff.")
5926 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
5928 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
5929 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5930 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
5931 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
5932 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
5933 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5935 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
5936 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
5937 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
5939 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5941 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
5942 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5943 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5944 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5945 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5946 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5948 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5950 ;;;***
5952 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5953 ;;;;;; (18926 29402))
5954 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5956 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
5957 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5958 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5959 normal diffs.
5961 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5962 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5963 headers for you on-the-fly.
5965 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5966 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
5967 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
5969 \\{diff-mode-map}
5971 \(fn)" t nil)
5973 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
5974 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5975 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5979 ;;;***
5981 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5982 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5983 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5984 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5985 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18958 9095))
5986 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5988 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5989 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5990 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5991 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5992 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5993 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5994 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5995 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
5997 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
5999 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6000 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6002 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6003 Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6004 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6005 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6006 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6008 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6009 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6011 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6012 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6013 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6014 always set this variable to t.")
6016 (custom-autoload 'dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks "dired" t)
6018 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6019 Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6020 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6021 A value of t means move to first file.")
6023 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6025 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6026 Controls marking of renamed files.
6027 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6028 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6029 are afterward marked with that character.")
6031 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-rename "dired" t)
6033 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6034 Controls marking of copied files.
6035 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6036 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6038 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-copy "dired" t)
6040 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6041 Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6042 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6043 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6045 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-hardlink "dired" t)
6047 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6048 Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6049 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6050 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6052 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-symlink "dired" t)
6054 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6055 If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6056 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6057 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6059 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6061 (custom-autoload 'dired-dwim-target "dired" t)
6063 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6064 If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6065 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6067 (custom-autoload 'dired-copy-preserve-time "dired" t)
6069 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6070 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6071 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6072 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6073 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6074 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6076 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6077 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6078 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6079 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6080 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6081 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6082 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6083 list of files to make directory entries for.
6084 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6085 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6086 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6087 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6089 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6091 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6092 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6094 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6095 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6097 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6098 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6100 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6101 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6103 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6105 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6106 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6108 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6110 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6111 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6112 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6113 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6114 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6115 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6116 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6117 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6118 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6119 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6120 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6121 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6122 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6123 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6124 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6125 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6126 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6127 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6128 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6129 to see why something went wrong.
6130 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6131 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6132 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6133 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6134 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6135 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6136 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6137 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6138 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6139 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6140 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6141 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6142 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6144 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6145 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6146 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6147 again for the directory tree.
6149 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6150 for more info):
6152 `dired-listing-switches'
6153 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6154 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6155 `dired-marker-char'
6156 `dired-del-marker'
6157 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6158 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6159 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6160 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6162 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6164 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6165 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6166 `dired-mode-hook'
6167 `dired-load-hook'
6169 Keybindings:
6170 \\{dired-mode-map}
6172 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6173 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6175 ;;;***
6177 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6178 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-do-isearch-regexp dired-do-isearch
6179 ;;;;;; dired-isearch-filenames-regexp dired-isearch-filenames dired-isearch-filenames-setup
6180 ;;;;;; dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up
6181 ;;;;;; dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6182 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6183 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6184 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6185 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6186 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6187 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6188 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6189 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-do-async-shell-command
6190 ;;;;;; dired-clean-directory dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown
6191 ;;;;;; dired-do-chgrp dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6192 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (18905 22708))
6193 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6195 (autoload 'dired-diff "dired-aux" "\
6196 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6197 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6198 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6199 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6200 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6201 which is options for `diff'.
6203 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6205 (autoload 'dired-backup-diff "dired-aux" "\
6206 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6207 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6208 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6209 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6210 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6212 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6214 (autoload 'dired-compare-directories "dired-aux" "\
6215 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6216 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6217 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6218 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6219 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6220 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6222 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6224 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6225 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6226 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6227 returned by function `file-attributes'
6229 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6230 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6232 Examples of PREDICATE:
6234 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6235 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6236 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6237 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6238 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6240 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6242 (autoload 'dired-do-chmod "dired-aux" "\
6243 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6244 Symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6248 (autoload 'dired-do-chgrp "dired-aux" "\
6249 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6253 (autoload 'dired-do-chown "dired-aux" "\
6254 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6258 (autoload 'dired-do-touch "dired-aux" "\
6259 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6260 This calls touch.
6262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6264 (autoload 'dired-do-print "dired-aux" "\
6265 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6266 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6267 `lpr-switches' as default.
6269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6271 (autoload 'dired-clean-directory "dired-aux" "\
6272 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6273 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6274 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6275 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6277 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6278 with a prefix argument.
6280 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
6282 (autoload 'dired-do-async-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6283 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files asynchronously.
6285 Like `dired-do-shell-command' but if COMMAND doesn't end in ampersand,
6286 adds `* &' surrounded by whitespace and executes the command asynchronously.
6287 The output appears in the buffer `*Async Shell Command*'.
6289 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6291 (autoload 'dired-do-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6292 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6293 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6294 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6295 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6297 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6298 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6300 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6301 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6302 file name substituted for `?'.
6304 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6305 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6307 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6308 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6309 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6310 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6312 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6314 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6315 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6316 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6318 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6319 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6320 in a subdir.
6322 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6323 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
6324 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
6326 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6328 (autoload 'dired-run-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6329 Not documented
6331 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6333 (autoload 'dired-do-kill-lines "dired-aux" "\
6334 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6335 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6336 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6337 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6338 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6339 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6340 from the buffer as well.
6341 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6342 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6343 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6345 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6347 (autoload 'dired-compress-file "dired-aux" "\
6348 Not documented
6350 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6352 (autoload 'dired-query "dired-aux" "\
6353 Not documented
6355 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6357 (autoload 'dired-do-compress "dired-aux" "\
6358 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6362 (autoload 'dired-do-byte-compile "dired-aux" "\
6363 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6367 (autoload 'dired-do-load "dired-aux" "\
6368 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6372 (autoload 'dired-do-redisplay "dired-aux" "\
6373 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6374 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6375 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6377 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6378 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6379 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6380 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6381 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6382 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6383 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6385 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6387 (autoload 'dired-add-file "dired-aux" "\
6388 Not documented
6390 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6392 (autoload 'dired-remove-file "dired-aux" "\
6393 Not documented
6395 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6397 (autoload 'dired-relist-file "dired-aux" "\
6398 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6400 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6402 (autoload 'dired-copy-file "dired-aux" "\
6403 Not documented
6405 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6407 (autoload 'dired-rename-file "dired-aux" "\
6408 Not documented
6410 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6412 (autoload 'dired-create-directory "dired-aux" "\
6413 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6415 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6417 (autoload 'dired-do-copy "dired-aux" "\
6418 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6419 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6420 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6421 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6422 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6423 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6424 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6425 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6427 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
6428 like `cp -d'.
6430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6432 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink "dired-aux" "\
6433 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6434 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6435 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6436 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6437 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6438 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6439 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6441 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
6443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6445 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink "dired-aux" "\
6446 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6447 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6448 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6449 and new hard links are made in that directory
6450 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6451 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6452 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6456 (autoload 'dired-do-rename "dired-aux" "\
6457 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6458 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6459 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6460 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6461 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6462 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6466 (autoload 'dired-do-rename-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6467 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6469 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6470 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6471 file if none are marked.
6473 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6474 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6475 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6476 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6478 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6479 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6481 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6483 (autoload 'dired-do-copy-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6484 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6485 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6487 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6489 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6490 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6491 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6493 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6495 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6496 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6497 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6499 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6501 (autoload 'dired-upcase "dired-aux" "\
6502 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6506 (autoload 'dired-downcase "dired-aux" "\
6507 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6511 (autoload 'dired-maybe-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6512 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6513 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6514 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6515 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6516 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6517 this subdirectory.
6518 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6520 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6521 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6522 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6523 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6524 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6525 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6526 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6528 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6530 (autoload 'dired-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6531 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6532 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6533 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6534 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6535 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6536 this subdirectory.
6537 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6539 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6541 (autoload 'dired-prev-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6542 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6543 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6545 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6547 (autoload 'dired-goto-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6548 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6549 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6550 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6552 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6554 (autoload 'dired-mark-subdir-files "dired-aux" "\
6555 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6556 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6557 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6559 \(fn)" t nil)
6561 (autoload 'dired-kill-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6562 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6563 Lower levels are unaffected.
6565 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6567 (autoload 'dired-tree-up "dired-aux" "\
6568 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6570 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6572 (autoload 'dired-tree-down "dired-aux" "\
6573 Go down in the dired tree.
6575 \(fn)" t nil)
6577 (autoload 'dired-hide-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6578 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6579 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6580 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6582 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6584 (autoload 'dired-hide-all "dired-aux" "\
6585 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6586 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6587 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6589 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6591 (autoload 'dired-isearch-filenames-setup "dired-aux" "\
6592 Set up isearch to search in Dired file names.
6593 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
6595 \(fn)" nil nil)
6597 (autoload 'dired-isearch-filenames "dired-aux" "\
6598 Search for a string using Isearch only in file names in the Dired buffer.
6600 \(fn)" t nil)
6602 (autoload 'dired-isearch-filenames-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6603 Search for a regexp using Isearch only in file names in the Dired buffer.
6605 \(fn)" t nil)
6607 (autoload 'dired-do-isearch "dired-aux" "\
6608 Search for a string through all marked files using Isearch.
6610 \(fn)" t nil)
6612 (autoload 'dired-do-isearch-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6613 Search for a regexp through all marked files using Isearch.
6615 \(fn)" t nil)
6617 (autoload 'dired-do-search "dired-aux" "\
6618 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6619 Stops when a match is found.
6620 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6622 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6624 (autoload 'dired-do-query-replace-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6625 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6626 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6627 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6628 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6630 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6632 (autoload 'dired-show-file-type "dired-aux" "\
6633 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6634 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6635 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6637 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6639 ;;;***
6641 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
6642 ;;;;;; (18853 19459))
6643 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6645 (autoload 'dired-jump "dired-x" "\
6646 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6647 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6648 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6649 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6650 buffer and try again.
6652 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6654 (autoload 'dired-do-relsymlink "dired-x" "\
6655 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
6656 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
6657 This creates relative symbolic links like
6659 foo -> ../bar/foo
6661 not absolute ones like
6663 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
6665 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
6667 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6669 ;;;***
6671 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6672 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
6673 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6675 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6676 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6677 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6678 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6679 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6680 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6681 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6685 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6686 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6687 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6689 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6691 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6692 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6694 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6696 ;;;***
6698 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18787
6699 ;;;;;; 48921))
6700 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6702 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6703 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6704 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6705 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6706 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6707 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6709 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6711 ;;;***
6713 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6714 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6715 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6716 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6717 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6718 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (18787 48912))
6719 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6721 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6722 Return a new, empty display table.
6724 \(fn)" nil nil)
6726 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6727 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6728 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6729 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6730 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6732 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6734 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6735 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6736 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6737 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6738 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6740 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6742 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6743 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6745 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6747 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6748 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6750 \(fn)" t nil)
6752 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6753 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6755 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6757 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6758 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6760 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6762 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6763 Display character C using printable string S.
6765 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6767 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6768 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6769 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6770 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6772 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6774 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6775 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6776 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6777 X frame.
6779 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6781 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6782 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6784 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6786 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6787 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6789 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6791 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6792 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6794 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6796 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6797 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6799 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6801 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6802 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6804 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6806 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6807 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6809 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6810 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6811 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6812 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6814 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6815 if ARG is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6816 European character display.
6818 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6819 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6820 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6821 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6823 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6824 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6825 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6826 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6827 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6829 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6831 ;;;***
6833 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6834 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
6835 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6837 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6838 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6839 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6840 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6841 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6842 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6843 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6844 Default is 2.
6846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6848 ;;;***
6850 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (18787 48912))
6851 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6853 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist '(("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file)) "\
6854 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6855 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6856 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6857 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6858 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6859 private or ask).
6860 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6861 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6862 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6863 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6864 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6866 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6868 ;;;***
6870 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6871 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18787 48936))
6872 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6874 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6875 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6876 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6877 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6878 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6879 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6880 table and its own syntax table.
6882 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6884 \(fn)" t nil)
6885 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6887 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6888 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6890 \(fn)" t nil)
6891 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
6893 ;;;***
6895 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6896 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (18901 14440))
6897 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6899 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6900 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6901 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6903 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6905 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6906 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6908 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6909 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6911 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6912 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6913 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6915 \(fn)" t nil)
6917 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6918 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6919 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6920 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6924 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6925 Not documented
6927 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6929 ;;;***
6931 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (18787 48933))
6932 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6934 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6935 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6937 \(fn)" t nil)
6939 ;;;***
6941 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (18791 16507))
6942 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6944 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6945 Toggle Double mode.
6946 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6947 turn it off.
6949 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6950 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6954 ;;;***
6956 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18787 48933))
6957 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6959 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6960 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6962 \(fn)" t nil)
6964 ;;;***
6966 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6967 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
6968 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6970 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
6971 Play sounds in message buffers.
6973 \(fn)" t nil)
6975 ;;;***
6977 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6978 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6979 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (18787 48921))
6980 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6982 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6984 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6985 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6986 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6987 and toggle command MODE.
6989 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6990 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6991 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6992 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6993 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6994 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6995 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6996 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6997 used (see below).
6999 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7000 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7001 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
7002 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7003 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7004 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7005 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7006 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7007 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7008 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7009 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7010 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7011 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7012 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7013 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7014 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7015 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7017 For example, you could write
7018 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7019 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7020 ...BODY CODE...)
7022 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7024 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7026 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7028 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7029 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7030 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7031 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7032 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7033 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7034 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7035 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7036 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7037 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7038 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7039 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7041 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7042 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7043 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7044 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7045 call another major mode in their body.
7047 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7049 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7050 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7051 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7052 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7053 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7054 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7055 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7057 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7059 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7060 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7061 :inherit Parent keymap.
7062 :group Ignored.
7063 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7064 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7066 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7068 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7069 Not documented
7071 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7073 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7074 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7075 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7077 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7079 ;;;***
7081 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7082 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18787
7083 ;;;;;; 48922))
7084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7086 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7088 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7089 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7091 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7092 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7093 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7095 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7096 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7098 :filter FUNCTION
7100 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7101 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7103 :visible INCLUDE
7105 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7106 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7108 :active ENABLE
7110 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7111 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7113 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7115 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7117 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7119 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7120 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7122 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7123 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7125 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7127 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7129 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7131 :keys KEYS
7133 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7134 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7135 computed automatically.
7136 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7138 :key-sequence KEYS
7140 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7141 menu item.
7142 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7143 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7144 keyboard equivalent.
7146 :active ENABLE
7148 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7149 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7151 :visible INCLUDE
7153 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7154 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7156 :label FORM
7158 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7159 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7161 :suffix FORM
7163 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7164 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7166 :style STYLE
7168 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7169 defined:
7171 toggle: A checkbox.
7172 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7173 radio: A radio button.
7174 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7175 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7176 menu bar itself.
7177 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7179 :selected SELECTED
7181 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7182 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7184 :help HELP
7186 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7188 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7189 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7190 as a solid horizontal line.
7192 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7194 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7196 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7197 Not documented
7199 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7201 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7202 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7203 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7204 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7206 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7208 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7209 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7210 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7211 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7212 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7213 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7215 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7216 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7217 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7219 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7220 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7221 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7223 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7224 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7226 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7228 ;;;***
7230 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7231 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7232 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7233 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7234 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7235 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7236 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7237 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18787 48934))
7238 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7240 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7241 Customization for ebnf group.
7243 \(fn)" t nil)
7245 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7246 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7248 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7250 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7251 processed.
7253 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7255 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7257 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7258 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7260 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7261 killed after process termination.
7263 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7265 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7267 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7268 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7270 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7271 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7272 it to the printer.
7274 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7275 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7276 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7277 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7279 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7281 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7282 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7283 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7285 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7287 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7288 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7290 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7292 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7293 processed.
7295 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7297 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7299 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7300 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7302 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7303 killed after process termination.
7305 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7307 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7309 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7310 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7311 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7312 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7314 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7316 \(fn)" t nil)
7318 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7319 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7320 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7322 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7324 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7326 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7327 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7329 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7331 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7332 processed.
7334 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7336 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7338 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7339 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7341 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7342 killed after EPS generation.
7344 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7346 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7348 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7349 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7351 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7352 The EPS file name has the following form:
7354 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7356 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7357 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7359 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7360 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7361 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7362 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7363 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7365 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7366 files.
7368 \(fn)" t nil)
7370 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7371 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7373 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7374 The EPS file name has the following form:
7376 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7378 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7379 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7381 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7382 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7383 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7384 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7385 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7387 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7388 files.
7390 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7392 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7394 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7395 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7397 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7399 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7400 are processed.
7402 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7404 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7406 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7407 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7409 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7410 killed after syntax checking.
7412 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7414 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7416 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7417 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7419 \(fn)" t nil)
7421 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7422 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7424 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7426 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7427 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7429 \(fn)" nil nil)
7431 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7432 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7434 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7436 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7438 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7439 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7441 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7443 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7445 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7446 Delete style NAME.
7448 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7450 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7452 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7453 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7455 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7457 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7459 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7460 Set STYLE as the current style.
7462 Returns the old style symbol.
7464 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7466 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7468 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7469 Reset current style.
7471 Returns the old style symbol.
7473 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7475 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7477 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7478 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7480 Returns the old style symbol.
7482 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7484 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7486 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7488 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7489 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7491 Returns the old style symbol.
7493 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7495 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7497 \(fn)" t nil)
7499 ;;;***
7501 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7502 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7503 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7504 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7505 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7506 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7507 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7508 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7509 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7510 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7511 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (18875
7512 ;;;;;; 4272))
7513 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7515 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7516 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7517 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7518 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7519 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7520 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7522 Tree mode key bindings:
7523 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7525 \(fn)" t nil)
7527 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7528 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7530 \(fn)" t nil)
7532 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7533 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7535 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7537 \(fn)" nil nil)
7539 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7540 View declaration of member at point.
7542 \(fn)" t nil)
7544 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7545 Find declaration of member at point.
7547 \(fn)" t nil)
7549 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7550 View definition of member at point.
7552 \(fn)" t nil)
7554 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7555 Find definition of member at point.
7557 \(fn)" t nil)
7559 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7560 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7562 \(fn)" t nil)
7564 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7565 View definition of member at point in other window.
7567 \(fn)" t nil)
7569 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7570 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7572 \(fn)" t nil)
7574 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7575 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7577 \(fn)" t nil)
7579 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7580 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7582 \(fn)" t nil)
7584 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7585 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7587 \(fn)" t nil)
7589 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7590 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7591 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7592 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7593 completion.
7595 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7597 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7598 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7599 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7600 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7602 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7604 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7605 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7606 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7607 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7609 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7611 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7612 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7613 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7615 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7617 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7618 Search for call sites of a member.
7619 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7620 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7621 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7622 looks like a function call to the member.
7624 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7626 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7627 Move backward in the position stack.
7628 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7630 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7632 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7633 Move forward in the position stack.
7634 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7636 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7638 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7639 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7641 \(fn)" t nil)
7643 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7644 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7646 \(fn)" t nil)
7648 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7649 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7650 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7651 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7653 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7655 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7656 Display statistics for a class tree.
7658 \(fn)" t nil)
7660 ;;;***
7662 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7663 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
7664 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7666 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7667 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7668 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7669 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7671 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7672 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7673 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7675 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7676 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7677 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7679 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7681 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7683 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7685 ;;;***
7687 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7688 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18787 48912))
7689 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7691 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7692 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7693 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7695 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7697 ;;;***
7699 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7700 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
7701 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7703 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7704 Not documented
7706 \(fn)" nil nil)
7708 ;;;***
7710 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7711 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7712 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (18791 16517))
7713 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7715 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7716 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7717 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7718 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7719 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7721 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7722 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7723 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7724 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7726 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7728 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7729 Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7730 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7731 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7733 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7735 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7736 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7737 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7738 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7740 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7742 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7744 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7745 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7746 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7747 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7748 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7750 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7751 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7752 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7753 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7754 instrumented for Edebug.
7756 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7757 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7758 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7759 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7760 already is one.)
7762 \(fn)" t nil)
7764 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7765 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7767 \(fn)" t nil)
7769 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7770 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7772 \(fn)" t nil)
7774 ;;;***
7776 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7777 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7778 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7779 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7780 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7781 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7782 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7783 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7784 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-files3 ediff-files)
7785 ;;;;;; "ediff" "ediff.el" (18821 3055))
7786 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7788 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7789 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7791 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7793 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7794 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7796 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7798 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7800 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7802 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7803 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7804 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7805 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7807 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7809 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7810 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7812 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7814 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7816 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7817 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7819 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7821 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7823 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7824 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7825 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7826 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7828 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7830 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7832 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7833 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7834 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7835 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7837 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7839 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7841 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7842 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7843 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7844 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7846 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7848 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7850 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7851 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7852 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7853 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7855 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7857 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7859 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7860 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7861 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7862 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7863 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7864 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7866 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7868 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7869 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7870 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7871 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7873 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7875 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7877 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7878 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7879 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7880 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7882 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7884 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7886 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7888 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7889 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7890 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7891 follows:
7892 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7893 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7895 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7897 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7898 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7899 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7900 follows:
7901 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7902 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7904 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7906 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7907 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7908 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7909 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7910 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7912 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7914 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7915 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7916 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7917 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7918 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7919 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7921 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7923 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7925 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7926 Merge two files without ancestor.
7928 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7930 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7931 Merge two files with ancestor.
7933 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7935 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7937 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7938 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7940 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7942 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7943 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7945 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7947 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7948 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7949 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7950 buffer.
7952 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7954 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7955 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7956 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7957 buffer.
7959 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7961 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7962 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7963 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7964 and don't ask the user.
7965 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7966 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7968 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7970 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7971 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7972 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7973 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7974 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7975 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7976 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7977 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7979 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7981 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7983 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7985 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7986 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7987 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7988 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7989 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7991 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7993 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7995 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7996 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7997 When called interactively, displays the version.
7999 \(fn)" t nil)
8001 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
8002 Display Ediff's manual.
8003 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8005 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8007 ;;;***
8009 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8010 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
8011 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8013 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8014 Not documented
8016 \(fn)" t nil)
8018 ;;;***
8020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (18787 48912))
8021 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8023 (if (featurep 'xemacs) (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (when (featurep 'menubar) (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button '("Tools") "-------" "OO-Browser..."))) (defvar ediff-menu '("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t])) (defvar ediff-merge-menu '("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t])) (defvar epatch-menu '("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t])) (defvar ediff-misc-menu '("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep 'ediff-util) (boundp 'ediff-window-setup-function)) (eq ediff-window-setup-function 'ediff-setup-windows-multiframe))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep 'ediff-tbar) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))])) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock)) (not (featurep 'ediff-hook))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset 'menu-bar-epatch-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-epatch-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] '(menu-item "This Window and Next Window" compare-windows :help "Compare the current window and the next window")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] '(menu-item "Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise :help "Compare windows line-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] '(menu-item "Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise :help "Compare windows word-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] '(menu-item "Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise :help "Compare regions line-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] '(menu-item "Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise :help "Compare regions word-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] '(menu-item "Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions :help "Compare directory files with their older versions")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] '(menu-item "File with Revision..." ediff-revision :help "Compare file with its older versions")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] '(menu-item "Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 :help "Compare files common to three directories simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] '(menu-item "Two Directories..." ediff-directories :help "Compare files common to two directories simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] '(menu-item "Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 :help "Compare three buffers simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] '(menu-item "Three Files..." ediff-files3 :help "Compare three files simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] '(menu-item "Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers :help "Compare two buffers simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] '(menu-item "Two Files..." ediff-files :help "Compare two files simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor :help "Merge versions of the files in the same directory by comparing the files with common ancestors")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] '(menu-item "Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions :help "Merge versions of the files in the same directory (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor :help "Merge versions of the same file by comparing them with a common ancestor")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] '(menu-item "Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions :help "Merge versions of the same file (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor :help "Merge files common to a pair of directories by comparing the files with common ancestors")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] '(menu-item "Directories..." ediff-merge-directories :help "Merge files common to a pair of directories")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor :help "Merge buffers by comparing their contents with a common ancestor")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] '(menu-item "Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers :help "Merge buffers (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor :help "Merge files by comparing them with a common ancestor")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] '(menu-item "Files..." ediff-merge-files :help "Merge files (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] '(menu-item "To a Buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer :help "Apply a patch to the contents of a buffer")) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] '(menu-item "To a File..." ediff-patch-file :help "Apply a patch to a file")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] '(menu-item "Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" ediff-toggle-multiframe :help "Switch between the single-frame presentation mode and the multi-frame mode")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] '(menu-item "List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry :help "List all active Ediff sessions; it is a convenient way to find and resume such a session")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] '(menu-item "Customize Ediff" ediff-customize :help "Change some of the parameters that govern the behavior of Ediff")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] '(menu-item "Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation :help "Bring up the Ediff manual")))
8025 ;;;***
8027 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8028 ;;;;;; (18821 3055))
8029 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8031 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8032 Display Ediff's registry.
8034 \(fn)" t nil)
8036 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8038 ;;;***
8040 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8041 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18791 16508))
8042 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8044 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8045 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8046 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8047 which see.
8049 \(fn)" t nil)
8051 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8052 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8053 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8054 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8056 \(fn)" t nil)
8058 ;;;***
8060 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8061 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8062 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
8063 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8065 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8066 *Non-nil if `edit-kbd-macro' should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8067 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8069 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8070 Edit a keyboard macro.
8071 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8072 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8073 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8074 its command name.
8075 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8077 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8079 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8080 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8082 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8084 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8085 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8087 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8089 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8090 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8091 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8092 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8093 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8094 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8096 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8097 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8098 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8099 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8101 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8103 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8104 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8105 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8106 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8107 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8108 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8110 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8112 ;;;***
8114 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8115 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (18787 48923))
8116 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8118 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8119 Set scroll margins.
8120 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8121 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8123 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8125 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8126 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8128 \(fn)" t nil)
8130 ;;;***
8132 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8133 ;;;;;; (18794 5653))
8134 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8136 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8137 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8138 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8139 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8140 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8141 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8142 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8144 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8145 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8147 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8148 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8149 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8150 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8152 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8153 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8154 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8156 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8157 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8158 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8160 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8162 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8163 Not documented
8165 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8167 ;;;***
8169 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8170 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (18811 27444))
8171 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8173 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8174 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8176 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8178 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8179 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8180 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8181 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8182 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8183 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8184 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8186 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8190 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8191 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8193 \(fn)" t nil)
8195 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8196 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8197 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8198 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8199 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8200 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8201 arg list.
8203 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8204 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8205 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8206 effect.
8208 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8209 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8211 ;;;***
8213 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (18787
8214 ;;;;;; 48912))
8215 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8217 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8218 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8220 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8221 an elided material again.
8223 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8227 ;;;***
8229 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8230 ;;;;;; (18852 12908))
8231 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8233 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8234 Initialize elint.
8236 \(fn)" t nil)
8238 ;;;***
8240 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8241 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (18821
8242 ;;;;;; 3056))
8243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8245 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8246 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8247 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8249 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8251 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8252 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8253 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8254 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8256 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8258 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8259 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8260 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8262 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8264 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8266 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8267 Display current profiling results.
8268 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8269 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8270 displayed.
8272 \(fn)" t nil)
8274 ;;;***
8276 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8277 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
8278 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8280 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8281 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8282 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8284 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8286 ;;;***
8288 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8289 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8290 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8291 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8292 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (18742 35183))
8293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8295 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8296 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8297 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8298 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8299 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8300 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8301 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8302 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8303 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8304 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8305 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8306 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8307 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8308 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8309 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8310 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8312 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8313 Run Emerge on two files.
8315 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8317 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8318 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8320 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8322 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8323 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8325 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8327 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8328 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8330 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8332 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8333 Not documented
8335 \(fn)" nil nil)
8337 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8338 Not documented
8340 \(fn)" nil nil)
8342 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8343 Not documented
8345 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8347 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8348 Not documented
8350 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8352 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8353 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8355 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8357 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8358 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8360 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8362 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8363 Not documented
8365 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8367 ;;;***
8369 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8370 ;;;;;; (18963 26564))
8371 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8373 (autoload 'encoded-kbd-setup-display "encoded-kb" "\
8374 Set up a `input-decode-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on TERMINAL.
8376 TERMINAL may be a terminal id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's terminal.
8378 \(fn TERMINAL)" nil nil)
8380 ;;;***
8382 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8383 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18787 48936))
8384 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8386 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8387 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8388 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8389 text/enriched format.
8390 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8392 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8393 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8395 Commands:
8397 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8401 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8402 Not documented
8404 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8406 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8407 Not documented
8409 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8411 ;;;***
8413 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8414 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8415 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8416 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8417 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8418 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (18941
8419 ;;;;;; 42892))
8420 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8422 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8423 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8425 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8427 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8428 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8430 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8432 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8433 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8434 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8435 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8436 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8437 the keys are listed.
8438 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8440 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8442 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8443 Decrypt FILE.
8445 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8447 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8448 Verify FILE.
8450 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8452 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8453 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8455 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8457 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8458 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8460 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8462 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8463 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8465 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8466 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8467 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8468 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8469 should consider using the string based counterpart
8470 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8471 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8473 For example:
8475 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8476 (decode-coding-string
8477 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8478 'utf-8))
8480 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8482 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8483 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8485 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8486 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8488 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8490 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8491 Verify the current region between START and END.
8493 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8494 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8495 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8496 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8497 should consider using the string based counterpart
8498 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8499 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8501 For example:
8503 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8504 (decode-coding-string
8505 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8506 'utf-8))
8508 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8510 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8511 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8512 between START and END.
8514 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8515 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8517 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8519 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8520 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8522 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8523 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8524 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8525 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8526 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8527 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8529 For example:
8531 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8532 (epg-sign-string
8533 context
8534 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8536 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8538 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8539 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8541 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8542 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8543 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8544 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8545 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8546 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8548 For example:
8550 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8551 (epg-encrypt-string
8552 context
8553 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8554 nil))
8556 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8558 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8559 Delete selected KEYS.
8561 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8563 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8564 Import keys from FILE.
8566 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8568 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8569 Import keys from the region.
8571 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8573 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8574 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8575 between START and END.
8577 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8579 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8580 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8582 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8584 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8585 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8587 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8589 ;;;***
8591 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8592 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (18787 48912))
8593 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8595 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8596 Decrypt marked files.
8598 \(fn)" t nil)
8600 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8601 Verify marked files.
8603 \(fn)" t nil)
8605 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8606 Sign marked files.
8608 \(fn)" t nil)
8610 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8611 Encrypt marked files.
8613 \(fn)" t nil)
8615 ;;;***
8617 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8618 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (18923 53557))
8619 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8621 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8622 Not documented
8624 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8626 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8627 Not documented
8629 \(fn)" t nil)
8631 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8632 Not documented
8634 \(fn)" t nil)
8636 ;;;***
8638 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8639 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8640 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (18787 48912))
8641 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8643 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8644 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8648 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8649 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8650 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8652 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8654 \(fn)" t nil)
8656 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8657 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8658 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8660 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8662 \(fn)" t nil)
8664 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8665 Sign the current buffer.
8666 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8668 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8670 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8672 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8673 Encrypt the current buffer.
8674 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8676 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8678 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8680 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8681 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8682 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8684 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8686 \(fn)" t nil)
8688 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8689 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8690 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8691 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8692 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8693 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8695 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8697 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8698 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8700 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8702 ;;;***
8704 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-generate-key-from-string epg-generate-key-from-file
8705 ;;;;;; epg-start-generate-key epg-sign-keys epg-start-sign-keys
8706 ;;;;;; epg-delete-keys epg-start-delete-keys epg-receive-keys epg-start-receive-keys
8707 ;;;;;; epg-import-keys-from-string epg-import-keys-from-file epg-start-import-keys
8708 ;;;;;; epg-export-keys-to-string epg-export-keys-to-file epg-start-export-keys
8709 ;;;;;; epg-encrypt-string epg-encrypt-file epg-start-encrypt epg-sign-string
8710 ;;;;;; epg-sign-file epg-start-sign epg-verify-string epg-verify-file
8711 ;;;;;; epg-start-verify epg-decrypt-string epg-decrypt-file epg-start-decrypt
8712 ;;;;;; epg-cancel epg-list-keys) "epg" "epg.el" (18943 4386))
8713 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8715 (autoload 'epg-list-keys "epg" "\
8716 Return a list of epg-key objects matched with NAME.
8717 If MODE is nil or 'public, only public keyring should be searched.
8718 If MODE is t or 'secret, only secret keyring should be searched.
8719 Otherwise, only public keyring should be searched and the key
8720 signatures should be included.
8721 NAME is either a string or a list of strings.
8723 \(fn CONTEXT &optional NAME MODE)" nil nil)
8725 (autoload 'epg-cancel "epg" "\
8726 Not documented
8728 \(fn CONTEXT)" nil nil)
8730 (autoload 'epg-start-decrypt "epg" "\
8731 Initiate a decrypt operation on CIPHER.
8732 CIPHER must be a file data object.
8734 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8735 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8736 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8737 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8738 `epg-decrypt-file' or `epg-decrypt-string' instead.
8740 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8742 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-file "epg" "\
8743 Decrypt a file CIPHER and store the result to a file PLAIN.
8744 If PLAIN is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8746 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER PLAIN)" nil nil)
8748 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-string "epg" "\
8749 Decrypt a string CIPHER and return the plain text.
8751 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8753 (autoload 'epg-start-verify "epg" "\
8754 Initiate a verify operation on SIGNATURE.
8755 SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT are a data object if they are specified.
8757 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be set.
8758 For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be nil.
8760 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8761 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8762 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8763 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8764 `epg-verify-file' or `epg-verify-string' instead.
8766 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
8768 (autoload 'epg-verify-file "epg" "\
8769 Verify a file SIGNATURE.
8770 SIGNED-TEXT and PLAIN are also a file if they are specified.
8772 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8773 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8774 nil. In the latter case, if PLAIN is specified, the plaintext is
8775 stored into the file after successful verification.
8777 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT PLAIN)" nil nil)
8779 (autoload 'epg-verify-string "epg" "\
8780 Verify a string SIGNATURE.
8781 SIGNED-TEXT is a string if it is specified.
8783 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8784 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8785 nil. In the latter case, this function returns the plaintext after
8786 successful verification.
8788 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
8790 (autoload 'epg-start-sign "epg" "\
8791 Initiate a sign operation on PLAIN.
8792 PLAIN is a data object.
8794 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8795 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8796 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8798 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8799 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8800 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8801 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8802 `epg-sign-file' or `epg-sign-string' instead.
8804 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8806 (autoload 'epg-sign-file "epg" "\
8807 Sign a file PLAIN and store the result to a file SIGNATURE.
8808 If SIGNATURE is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8809 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8810 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8811 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8813 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN SIGNATURE &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8815 (autoload 'epg-sign-string "epg" "\
8816 Sign a string PLAIN and return the output as string.
8817 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8818 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8819 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8821 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8823 (autoload 'epg-start-encrypt "epg" "\
8824 Initiate an encrypt operation on PLAIN.
8825 PLAIN is a data object.
8826 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8828 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8829 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8830 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8831 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8832 `epg-encrypt-file' or `epg-encrypt-string' instead.
8834 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8836 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-file "epg" "\
8837 Encrypt a file PLAIN and store the result to a file CIPHER.
8838 If CIPHER is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8839 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8841 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS CIPHER &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8843 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-string "epg" "\
8844 Encrypt a string PLAIN.
8845 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8847 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8849 (autoload 'epg-start-export-keys "epg" "\
8850 Initiate an export keys operation.
8852 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8853 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8854 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8855 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8856 `epg-export-keys-to-file' or `epg-export-keys-to-string' instead.
8858 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8860 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-file "epg" "\
8861 Extract public KEYS.
8863 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS FILE)" nil nil)
8865 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-string "epg" "\
8866 Extract public KEYS and return them as a string.
8868 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8870 (autoload 'epg-start-import-keys "epg" "\
8871 Initiate an import keys operation.
8872 KEYS is a data object.
8874 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8875 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8876 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8877 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8878 `epg-import-keys-from-file' or `epg-import-keys-from-string' instead.
8880 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8882 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-file "epg" "\
8883 Add keys from a file KEYS.
8885 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8887 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-string "epg" "\
8888 Add keys from a string KEYS.
8890 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8892 (autoload 'epg-start-receive-keys "epg" "\
8893 Initiate a receive key operation.
8894 KEY-ID-LIST is a list of key IDs.
8896 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8897 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8898 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8899 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8900 `epg-receive-keys' instead.
8902 \(fn CONTEXT KEY-ID-LIST)" nil nil)
8904 (autoload 'epg-receive-keys "epg" "\
8905 Add keys from server.
8906 KEYS is a list of key IDs
8908 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8910 (defalias 'epg-import-keys-from-server 'epg-receive-keys)
8912 (autoload 'epg-start-delete-keys "epg" "\
8913 Initiate a delete keys operation.
8915 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8916 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8917 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8918 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8919 `epg-delete-keys' instead.
8921 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
8923 (autoload 'epg-delete-keys "epg" "\
8924 Delete KEYS from the key ring.
8926 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
8928 (autoload 'epg-start-sign-keys "epg" "\
8929 Initiate a sign keys operation.
8931 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8932 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8933 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8934 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8935 `epg-sign-keys' instead.
8937 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
8939 (autoload 'epg-sign-keys "epg" "\
8940 Sign KEYS from the key ring.
8942 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
8944 (autoload 'epg-start-generate-key "epg" "\
8945 Initiate a key generation.
8946 PARAMETERS specifies parameters for the key.
8948 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8949 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8950 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8951 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8952 `epg-generate-key-from-file' or `epg-generate-key-from-string' instead.
8954 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8956 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-file "epg" "\
8957 Generate a new key pair.
8958 PARAMETERS is a file which tells how to create the key.
8960 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8962 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-string "epg" "\
8963 Generate a new key pair.
8964 PARAMETERS is a string which tells how to create the key.
8966 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8968 ;;;***
8970 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8971 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (18787 48912))
8972 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8974 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8975 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8977 \(fn)" nil nil)
8979 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8980 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8982 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8984 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8985 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8987 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8989 ;;;***
8991 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8992 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (18875 4272))
8993 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8995 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8996 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8998 \(fn)" nil nil)
9000 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
9001 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9002 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9004 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9006 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9007 (server (erc-compute-server))
9008 (port (erc-compute-port))
9009 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9010 password
9011 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9013 That is, if called with
9015 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9017 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9018 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9019 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9021 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9023 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
9025 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
9026 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9027 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9028 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9030 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9032 ;;;***
9034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18787
9035 ;;;;;; 48923))
9036 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9037 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9039 ;;;***
9041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (18787 48924))
9042 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9043 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9045 ;;;***
9047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18787 48924))
9048 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9049 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9051 ;;;***
9053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18787 48924))
9054 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9055 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9057 ;;;***
9059 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9060 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18800 40734))
9061 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9062 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
9064 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9065 Parser for /dcc command.
9066 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9067 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9068 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9070 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9072 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9073 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9075 \(fn)" nil nil)
9077 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
9078 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9080 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9081 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9082 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9083 that subcommand.
9085 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9087 ;;;***
9089 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9090 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9091 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9092 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9093 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9094 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9096 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
9097 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9099 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9101 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
9102 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9103 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9104 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9106 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9108 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
9109 Not documented
9111 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9113 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
9114 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9116 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9118 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
9119 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9121 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9123 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9124 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9126 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9128 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9129 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9131 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9133 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9134 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9136 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9138 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9139 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9141 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9143 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9144 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9146 \(fn)" nil nil)
9148 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9149 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9151 \(fn)" nil nil)
9153 ;;;***
9155 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18787
9156 ;;;;;; 48924))
9157 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9158 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9160 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9161 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9162 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9164 \(fn)" nil nil)
9166 ;;;***
9168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18787
9169 ;;;;;; 48924))
9170 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9171 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9173 ;;;***
9175 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9176 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18787 48924))
9177 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9178 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9180 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9181 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9182 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9183 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9184 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9185 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9186 system.
9188 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9190 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9191 Not documented
9193 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9195 ;;;***
9197 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9198 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9199 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9201 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9202 Not documented
9204 \(fn)" nil nil)
9206 ;;;***
9208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18787 48924))
9209 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9210 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9212 ;;;***
9214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (18787 48924))
9215 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9216 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9218 ;;;***
9220 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9221 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18787 48924))
9222 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9223 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9225 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9226 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9227 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9228 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9229 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9230 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9232 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9234 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9235 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9236 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9237 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9239 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9240 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9241 automatically.
9243 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9244 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9246 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9248 ;;;***
9250 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9251 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9252 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9253 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9254 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9255 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9257 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9258 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9260 \(fn)" t nil)
9262 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9263 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9265 \(fn)" t nil)
9267 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9268 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9270 \(fn)" t nil)
9272 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9273 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9275 \(fn)" t nil)
9277 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9278 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9280 \(fn)" t nil)
9282 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9283 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9285 \(fn)" t nil)
9287 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9288 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9290 \(fn)" t nil)
9292 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9293 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9295 \(fn)" t nil)
9297 ;;;***
9299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18787 48924))
9300 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9301 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9303 ;;;***
9305 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9306 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9307 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9308 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9310 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9311 Show who's gone.
9313 \(fn)" nil nil)
9315 ;;;***
9317 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9318 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18787 48924))
9319 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9321 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9322 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9323 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9324 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9326 \(fn)" nil nil)
9328 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9329 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9331 \(fn)" t nil)
9333 ;;;***
9335 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9336 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18787 48924))
9337 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9338 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9340 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9341 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9342 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9343 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9345 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9347 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9348 Not documented
9350 \(fn)" nil nil)
9352 ;;;***
9354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18787 48924))
9355 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9356 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9358 ;;;***
9360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18787
9361 ;;;;;; 48924))
9362 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9363 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9365 ;;;***
9367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18787 48924))
9368 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9369 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9371 ;;;***
9373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18787 48924))
9374 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9375 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9377 ;;;***
9379 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9380 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18787 48924))
9381 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9382 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9384 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9385 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9387 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9389 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9390 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9391 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9393 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9395 ;;;***
9397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18787 48924))
9398 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9399 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9401 ;;;***
9403 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9404 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9405 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9407 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9408 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9409 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9411 \(fn)" t nil)
9413 ;;;***
9415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18787
9416 ;;;;;; 48924))
9417 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9418 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9420 ;;;***
9422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18787 48924))
9423 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9424 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9426 ;;;***
9428 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9429 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9430 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9432 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9433 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9434 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9436 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9438 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9439 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9440 mode line.
9442 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9443 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9444 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9447 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9449 ;;;***
9451 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9452 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18787 48924))
9453 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9454 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9456 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9457 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9458 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9459 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9461 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9463 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9464 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9465 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9467 \(fn)" t nil)
9469 ;;;***
9471 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9472 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9473 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9474 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9476 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9477 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9479 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9481 ;;;***
9483 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (18808
9484 ;;;;;; 43144))
9485 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9487 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9488 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9490 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9492 \(fn)" nil nil)
9494 ;;;***
9496 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (18787
9497 ;;;;;; 48924))
9498 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9500 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
9501 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9505 ;;;***
9507 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9508 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (18787 48924))
9509 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9511 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9512 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9513 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9514 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9515 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9516 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9517 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9518 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9519 buffer selected (or created).
9521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9523 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9524 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9525 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9527 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9529 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9530 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9531 The result might be any Lisp object.
9532 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9533 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9534 corresponding to a successful execution.
9536 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9538 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9540 ;;;***
9542 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9543 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9544 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9545 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9546 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9547 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9548 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9549 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
9550 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9552 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9553 *File name of tags table.
9554 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9555 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9556 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9557 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9559 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9560 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9561 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9562 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9564 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9566 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9567 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9568 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9569 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9570 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9571 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9573 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9575 (defvar tags-compression-info-list '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz") "\
9576 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9577 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9578 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9579 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9580 `auto-compression-mode').")
9582 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9584 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9585 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9586 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9587 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9588 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9590 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9592 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9593 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9594 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9595 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9597 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9599 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9600 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9601 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9602 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9603 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9605 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9607 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9608 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9610 \(fn)" t nil)
9612 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9613 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9614 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9615 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9617 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9618 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9619 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9620 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9621 file the tag was in.
9623 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9625 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9626 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9627 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9628 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9629 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9630 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9631 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9632 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9633 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9635 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9637 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9638 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9639 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9640 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9641 without directory names.
9643 \(fn)" nil nil)
9645 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9646 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9647 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9648 but does not select the buffer.
9649 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9651 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9652 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9653 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9654 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9655 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9657 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9659 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9660 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9661 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9663 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9665 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9667 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9668 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9669 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9670 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9672 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9673 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9674 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9675 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9676 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9678 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9680 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9681 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9682 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9684 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9686 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9687 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9689 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9690 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9691 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9692 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9693 around or before point.
9695 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9696 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9697 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9698 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9699 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9701 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9703 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9704 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9705 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9707 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9709 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9710 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9712 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9713 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9714 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9715 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9716 around or before point.
9718 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9719 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9720 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9721 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9722 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9724 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9726 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9727 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9728 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9730 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9732 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9733 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9735 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9736 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9737 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9739 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9740 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9741 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9742 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9743 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9745 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9747 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9748 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9749 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9751 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9753 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9754 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9755 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9757 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9758 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9760 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9761 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9762 where they were found.
9764 \(fn)" t nil)
9766 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9767 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9769 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9770 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9771 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9773 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9774 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9776 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9777 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9779 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9781 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9782 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9783 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9784 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9786 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9787 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9788 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9789 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9790 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9792 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9793 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9795 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9796 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9797 Stops when a match is found.
9798 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9800 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9802 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9804 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9805 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9806 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9807 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9808 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9809 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9810 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9811 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9813 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9814 produce the list of files to search.
9816 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9818 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9820 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9821 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9822 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9823 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9824 directory specification.
9826 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9828 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9829 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9831 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9833 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9834 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9835 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9836 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9838 \(fn)" t nil)
9840 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9841 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9842 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9843 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9844 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9846 \(fn)" t nil)
9848 ;;;***
9850 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9851 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9852 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9853 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9854 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9855 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9856 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9857 ;;;;;; (18811 27444))
9858 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9860 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9861 Not documented
9863 \(fn)" nil nil)
9865 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9866 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9868 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9869 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9871 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9872 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9873 primary language.
9875 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9876 even if the buffer is read-only.
9878 See also the descriptions of the variables
9879 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9881 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9883 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9884 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9886 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9887 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9889 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9890 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9891 primary language.
9893 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9894 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9896 See also the descriptions of the variables
9897 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9899 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9901 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9902 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9903 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9904 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9906 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9908 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9909 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9910 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9911 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9913 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9914 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9915 primary language.
9917 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9918 buffer is read-only.
9920 See also the descriptions of the variables
9921 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9922 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9924 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9926 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9927 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9929 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9930 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9932 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9933 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9934 the primary language.
9936 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9937 buffer is read-only.
9939 See also the descriptions of the variables
9940 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9941 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9943 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9945 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9946 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9947 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9949 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9951 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9952 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9954 \(fn)" t nil)
9956 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9957 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9959 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9960 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9961 be 1, 2, or 3.
9963 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9964 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9965 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9967 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9969 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9971 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9972 This function is deprecated.
9974 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9976 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9977 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9979 \(fn)" t nil)
9981 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9982 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9984 \(fn)" t nil)
9986 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9987 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9989 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9990 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9992 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9993 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9995 \(fn)" nil nil)
9997 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9998 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10000 \(fn)" nil nil)
10002 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
10003 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
10005 \(fn)" nil nil)
10007 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
10008 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10010 \(fn)" nil nil)
10012 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
10013 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
10014 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
10016 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10018 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
10019 Not documented
10021 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
10023 ;;;***
10025 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10026 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10027 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
10028 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10030 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
10031 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10032 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10033 server for future sessions.
10035 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10037 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
10038 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10039 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10041 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10043 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
10044 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10045 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10047 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10049 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
10050 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10051 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10052 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10053 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10054 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10055 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10056 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10057 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10058 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10059 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10060 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10062 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10064 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10065 Display a form to query the directory server.
10066 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10067 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10069 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10071 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10072 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10073 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10075 \(fn)" t nil)
10077 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] '(menu-item "Get Phone" eudc-get-phone :help "Get the phone field of name from the directory server")) (define-key map [email] '(menu-item "Get Email" eudc-get-email :help "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] '("--")) (define-key map [expand-inline] '(menu-item "Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline :help "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point")) (define-key map [query] '(menu-item "Query with Form" eudc-query-form :help "Display a form to query the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] '("--")) (define-key map [new] '(menu-item "New Server" eudc-set-server :help "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL")) (define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc :help "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client")) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10079 ;;;***
10081 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10082 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10083 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (18787 48930))
10084 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10086 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10087 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10089 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10091 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10092 Display URL and make it clickable.
10094 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10096 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10097 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10099 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10101 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10102 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10104 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10106 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10107 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10109 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10111 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10112 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10114 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10116 ;;;***
10118 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10119 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18787 48930))
10120 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10122 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10123 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10124 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10126 \(fn)" t nil)
10128 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10129 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10131 \(fn)" t nil)
10133 ;;;***
10135 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10136 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
10137 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10139 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10140 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10142 \(fn)" t nil)
10144 ;;;***
10146 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18787
10147 ;;;;;; 48922))
10148 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10150 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10151 Create an empty ewoc.
10153 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10155 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10156 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10157 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10158 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10159 `insert-before-markers'.
10161 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10162 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10163 respectively, of the ewoc.
10165 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10166 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10167 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10169 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10171 ;;;***
10173 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10174 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10175 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10176 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
10177 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10179 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10180 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10181 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10183 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10185 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10186 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10187 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10188 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10189 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10191 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10193 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10194 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10195 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10196 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10197 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10198 executable.
10200 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10202 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10203 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10204 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10206 \(fn)" t nil)
10208 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10209 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10210 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10211 file modes.
10213 \(fn)" nil nil)
10215 ;;;***
10217 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10218 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10219 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
10220 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10222 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10223 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10224 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10225 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10227 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10229 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10230 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10231 to generate such functions.
10233 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10234 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10235 beginning of the expanded text.
10237 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10238 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10239 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10240 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10242 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10244 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10246 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10247 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10248 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10250 \(fn)" nil nil)
10252 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10253 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10254 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10256 \(fn)" t nil)
10258 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10259 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10260 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10262 \(fn)" t nil)
10263 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10264 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10266 ;;;***
10268 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (18791 16531))
10269 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10271 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10272 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10273 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10275 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10276 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10277 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10279 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10281 Key definitions:
10282 \\{f90-mode-map}
10284 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10286 `f90-do-indent'
10287 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10288 `f90-if-indent'
10289 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10290 `f90-type-indent'
10291 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10292 `f90-program-indent'
10293 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10294 (default 2).
10295 `f90-continuation-indent'
10296 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10297 `f90-comment-region'
10298 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10299 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10300 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10301 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10302 (default \"!\").
10303 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10304 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10305 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10306 `f90-break-delimiters'
10307 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10308 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10309 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10310 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10311 (default t).
10312 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10313 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10314 `f90-smart-end'
10315 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10316 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10317 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10318 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10319 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10320 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10321 `f90-leave-line-no'
10322 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10324 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10325 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10327 \(fn)" t nil)
10329 ;;;***
10331 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10332 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10333 ;;;;;; face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base face-remap-add-relative)
10334 ;;;;;; "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (18787 48913))
10335 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10337 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10338 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10340 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
10341 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10343 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10344 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10345 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
10346 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
10347 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
10348 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
10349 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
10351 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
10352 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
10353 using `face-remap-set-base'.
10355 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10357 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10358 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
10360 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10362 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10363 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10364 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
10365 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
10366 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
10367 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
10369 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10371 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10372 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10373 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10375 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10376 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10377 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10378 will remove any scaling currently active.
10380 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10382 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10383 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10384 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10386 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10387 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10388 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10389 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10390 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10392 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10393 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
10395 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10396 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10398 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10399 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10400 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10402 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
10403 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
10404 is one of the above.
10406 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10407 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10408 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10409 will remove any scaling currently active.
10411 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10412 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10413 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10414 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10415 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10417 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10419 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10420 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10421 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
10422 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10426 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10427 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10428 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10429 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10430 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
10432 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10433 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
10435 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10437 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10438 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10439 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10440 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10442 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10443 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10444 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10445 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10447 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10448 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10450 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10452 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10453 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10454 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10455 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10459 ;;;***
10461 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10462 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10463 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (18577 50420))
10464 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10466 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10467 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10468 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10469 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10471 \(fn)" nil nil)
10473 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10474 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10478 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10479 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10480 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10481 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10485 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10486 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10487 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10488 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10489 backup file names and the like).
10491 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10493 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10494 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10495 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10496 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10497 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10498 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10499 internally by feedmail):
10501 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10502 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10503 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10504 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10506 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10507 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10508 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10509 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10510 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10512 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10514 ;;;***
10516 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10517 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (18787 48913))
10518 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10520 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10521 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10522 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10523 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10524 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10525 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10526 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10528 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10530 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10531 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10532 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10533 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10534 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10535 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10536 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10538 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10540 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10542 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10543 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10544 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10545 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10546 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10547 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10549 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10551 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10552 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10553 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10554 Return value:
10555 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10556 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10557 * otherwise, nil
10559 \(fn E)" t nil)
10561 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10562 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10564 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10566 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10567 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10569 \(fn)" t nil)
10571 ;;;***
10573 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10574 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10575 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10576 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18787 48913))
10577 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10579 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10580 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10581 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10582 be added to the cache.
10584 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10586 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10587 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10588 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10589 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10590 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10592 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10594 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10595 Add FILE to the file cache.
10597 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10599 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10600 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10601 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10603 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10605 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10606 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10607 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10609 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10611 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10612 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10613 This function does not use any external programs
10614 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10615 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10616 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10618 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10620 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10621 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10622 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10623 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10624 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10625 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10626 \(directories) is done.
10628 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10630 ;;;***
10632 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (18787
10633 ;;;;;; 48913))
10634 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10636 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10637 Filesets initialization.
10638 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10640 \(fn)" nil nil)
10642 ;;;***
10644 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (18787 48913))
10645 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10647 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10648 Initiate the building of a find command. For exmple:
10650 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10651 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10652 (mtime \"+1\"))
10653 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10655 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10656 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10658 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10660 ;;;***
10662 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-name-arg
10663 ;;;;;; find-grep-options find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option)
10664 ;;;;;; "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (18787 48913))
10665 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10667 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) '("-ls" . "-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld")) "\
10668 Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10669 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10670 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10671 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10673 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10675 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10676 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10677 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10678 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10679 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10681 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10683 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10684 Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10685 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10686 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10688 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10690 (defvar find-name-arg (if read-file-name-completion-ignore-case "-iname" "-name") "\
10691 Argument used to specify file name pattern.
10692 If `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' is non-nil, -iname is used so that
10693 find also ignores case. Otherwise, -name is used.")
10695 (custom-autoload 'find-name-arg "find-dired" t)
10697 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10698 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10699 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10701 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10703 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10704 as the final argument.
10706 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10708 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10709 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10710 and run dired on those files.
10711 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10712 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10714 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10716 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10718 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10719 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10720 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10722 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10724 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10726 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10728 ;;;***
10730 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10731 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10732 ;;;;;; (18787 48913))
10733 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10735 (defvar ff-special-constructs '(("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10736 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10737 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10738 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10739 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10740 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10741 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10743 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10744 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10745 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10747 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10749 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10751 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10753 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10754 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10755 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10757 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10758 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10760 Variables of interest include:
10762 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10763 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10764 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10766 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10767 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10768 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10770 - `ff-ignore-include'
10771 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10773 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10774 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10776 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10777 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10779 - `ff-special-constructs'
10780 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10781 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10782 extracting the filename from that construct.
10784 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10785 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10787 - `ff-search-directories'
10788 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10789 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10791 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10792 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10794 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10795 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10797 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10798 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10800 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10801 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10803 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10804 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10806 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10808 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10809 Visit the file you click on.
10811 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10813 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10814 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10816 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10818 ;;;***
10820 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10821 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10822 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10823 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10824 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10825 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10826 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18834 14041))
10827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10829 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10830 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10831 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10833 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10835 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10836 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10837 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10838 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10840 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10841 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10842 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10843 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10845 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10847 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10848 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10850 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10851 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10852 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10853 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10855 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10856 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10857 in `load-path'.
10859 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10861 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10862 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10864 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10865 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10866 places point before the definition.
10867 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10869 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10870 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10871 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10873 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10875 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10876 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10878 See `find-function' for more details.
10880 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10882 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10883 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10885 See `find-function' for more details.
10887 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10889 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10890 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10892 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10893 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10894 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10896 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10897 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10899 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10901 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10902 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10904 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10905 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10906 places point before the definition.
10908 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10910 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10911 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10912 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10914 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10916 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10917 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10919 See `find-variable' for more details.
10921 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10923 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10924 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10926 See `find-variable' for more details.
10928 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10930 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10931 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10932 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10933 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10934 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10935 buffer nor display it.
10937 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10938 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10940 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10942 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10943 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10945 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10946 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10947 places point before the definition.
10949 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10951 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10952 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10953 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10955 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10957 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10958 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10959 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10961 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10963 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10964 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10966 \(fn)" t nil)
10968 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10969 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10971 \(fn)" t nil)
10973 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10974 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10976 \(fn)" nil nil)
10978 ;;;***
10980 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10981 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18787 48913))
10982 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10984 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10985 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10987 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10989 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10990 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10992 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10994 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10995 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10997 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10999 ;;;***
11001 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11002 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18868 8783))
11003 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11005 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11006 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11008 \(fn)" t nil)
11010 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11011 Display FILE's commentary section.
11012 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11014 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11016 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11017 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11019 \(fn)" t nil)
11021 ;;;***
11023 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11024 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18794 5653))
11025 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11027 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11028 Toggle flow control handling.
11029 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11030 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11032 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11034 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11035 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11036 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11037 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11038 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11039 to get the effect of a C-q.
11041 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11043 ;;;***
11045 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11046 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11047 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11049 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11050 Not documented
11052 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11054 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11055 Not documented
11057 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11059 ;;;***
11061 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11062 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (18875 4272))
11063 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11065 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11066 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11067 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11068 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11072 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11073 Turn flymake mode on.
11075 \(fn)" nil nil)
11077 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11078 Turn flymake mode off.
11080 \(fn)" nil nil)
11082 ;;;***
11084 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11085 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11086 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18919 31473))
11087 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11089 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11090 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11092 \(fn)" t nil)
11093 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11095 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11096 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11097 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11098 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11099 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11100 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
11101 otherwise turn it off.
11103 Bindings:
11104 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11105 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11106 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11107 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11109 Hooks:
11110 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11112 Remark:
11113 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11114 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11115 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11117 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11118 consider adding:
11119 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11120 in your .emacs file.
11122 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11123 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11127 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11128 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11130 \(fn)" nil nil)
11132 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11133 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11135 \(fn)" nil nil)
11137 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11138 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11140 \(fn)" nil nil)
11142 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11143 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11145 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11147 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11148 Flyspell whole buffer.
11150 \(fn)" t nil)
11152 ;;;***
11154 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11155 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11156 ;;;;;; (18787 48913))
11157 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11159 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11160 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11162 \(fn)" nil nil)
11164 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11165 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11167 \(fn)" nil nil)
11169 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11170 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11172 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11173 of two major techniques:
11175 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11176 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11177 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11179 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11180 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11181 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11182 movement commands.
11184 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11185 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11186 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11187 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11188 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11189 mileage may vary).
11191 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11192 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11194 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11196 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11197 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11198 \(This is the default.)
11200 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11202 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11203 \\{follow-mode-map}
11205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11207 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11208 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11210 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11211 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11212 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11213 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11214 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11215 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11217 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11218 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11219 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11221 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11222 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11223 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11227 ;;;***
11229 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (18787
11230 ;;;;;; 48929))
11231 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11233 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11234 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11235 \\<message-mode-map>
11236 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
11237 started, play around with the following keys:
11238 key binding
11239 --- -------
11240 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11241 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11242 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11243 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11244 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11245 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11246 \\[Footnote-set-style] Footnote-set-style
11248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11250 ;;;***
11252 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11253 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18787 48913))
11254 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11256 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11257 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11259 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11260 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11261 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11262 C-c < forms-first-record <
11263 C-c > forms-last-record >
11264 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11265 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11266 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11267 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11268 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11269 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11270 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11271 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11272 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11273 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11275 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11277 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11278 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11280 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11282 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11283 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11285 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11287 ;;;***
11289 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11290 ;;;;;; (18791 16531))
11291 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11293 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11294 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11295 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11297 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11298 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11300 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11302 Key definitions:
11303 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11305 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11307 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11308 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11309 `fortran-do-indent'
11310 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11311 `fortran-if-indent'
11312 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11313 `fortran-structure-indent'
11314 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11315 (default 3)
11316 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11317 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11318 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11319 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11320 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11321 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11322 nil don't change the indentation
11323 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11324 value of either
11325 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11326 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11327 depending on the continuation format in use.
11328 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11329 indentation for a line of code.
11330 (default 'fixed)
11331 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11332 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11333 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11334 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11335 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11336 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11337 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11338 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11339 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11340 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11341 column 5.
11342 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11343 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11344 statements (default nil).
11345 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11346 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11347 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11348 `fortran-continuation-string'
11349 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11350 line (default \"$\").
11351 `fortran-comment-region'
11352 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11353 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11354 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11355 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11356 as typed (default t).
11357 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11358 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11360 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11361 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11363 \(fn)" t nil)
11365 ;;;***
11367 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11368 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18787 48933))
11369 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11371 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11372 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11374 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11375 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11377 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11379 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11380 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11382 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11383 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11385 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11387 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11388 Compile fortune file.
11390 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11391 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11393 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11395 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11396 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11398 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11399 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11400 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11401 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11403 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11405 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11406 Display a fortune cookie.
11408 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11409 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11410 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11411 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11413 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11415 ;;;***
11417 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11418 ;;;;;; (18935 28927))
11419 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11421 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
11422 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11423 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11424 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11426 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11427 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11428 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11429 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11431 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11432 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11433 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11434 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11435 some of the buffers.
11437 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11439 The following commands help control operation :
11441 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11442 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11444 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11445 detailed description of this mode.
11447 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11448 | GDB Toolbar |
11449 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11450 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11451 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11452 | | |
11453 | Source buffer | I/O buffer for debugged program |
11454 | | |
11455 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11456 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints/threads buffer |
11457 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11459 The option \"--annotate=3\" must be included in this value. To
11460 run GDB in text command mode, use `gud-gdb'. You need to use
11461 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
11462 session.
11464 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11466 (defalias 'gdba 'gdb)
11468 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11469 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11471 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-ui" t)
11473 ;;;***
11475 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11476 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18787
11477 ;;;;;; 48922))
11478 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11480 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11481 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11482 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11483 instead (which see).")
11485 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11486 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11488 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11489 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11490 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11491 documentation string instead.
11493 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11494 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11495 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11496 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11497 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11498 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11499 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11500 enders are actually possible.
11502 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11503 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11505 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11506 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11507 `font-lock-keywords'.
11509 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11510 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11511 runs the macro expansion.
11513 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11514 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11515 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11517 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11519 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11521 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11522 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11524 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11526 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11527 Enter generic mode MODE.
11529 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11530 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11531 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11533 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11534 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11536 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11538 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11539 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11540 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11541 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11542 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11543 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11544 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11545 `font-lock-keywords'.
11547 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11549 ;;;***
11551 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11552 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
11553 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11555 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11556 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11557 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11558 at places they belong to.
11560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11562 ;;;***
11564 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11565 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11566 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11567 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11569 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11570 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11571 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11573 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11575 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11576 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11578 Guideline for numbers:
11579 1 - error messages
11580 3 - non-serious error messages
11581 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11582 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11583 9 - messages inside loops.
11585 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11587 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11588 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11589 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11591 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11593 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11594 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11596 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11598 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11599 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11601 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11602 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11603 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11604 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11605 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11606 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11608 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11609 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11610 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11611 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11612 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11614 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11616 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11618 ;;;***
11620 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11621 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (18838 52324))
11622 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11623 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11624 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11626 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11627 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11631 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11632 Read network news.
11633 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11634 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11635 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11636 name of an NNTP server to use.
11637 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11638 server.
11640 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11642 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11643 Read news as a slave.
11645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11647 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11648 Pop up a frame to read news.
11649 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11650 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11651 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11652 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11653 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11654 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11655 current display is used.
11657 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11659 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11660 Read network news.
11661 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11662 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11663 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11665 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11667 ;;;***
11669 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11670 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11671 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11672 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11673 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11674 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18787 48925))
11675 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11677 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11678 Start Gnus unplugged.
11680 \(fn)" t nil)
11682 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11683 Start Gnus plugged.
11685 \(fn)" t nil)
11687 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11688 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11692 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11693 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11695 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11696 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11697 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11699 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11700 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11701 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11703 \(fn)" t nil)
11705 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11706 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11708 \(fn)" nil nil)
11710 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11711 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11712 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11713 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11714 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11715 supported.
11717 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11719 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11720 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11721 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11722 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11723 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11724 supported.
11726 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11728 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11729 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11731 \(fn)" nil nil)
11733 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11734 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11735 downloaded into the agent.
11737 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11739 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11740 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11741 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11742 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11744 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11746 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11747 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11749 \(fn)" t nil)
11751 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11752 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11754 \(fn)" t nil)
11756 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11757 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11758 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11760 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11762 ;;;***
11764 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11765 ;;;;;; (18841 61157))
11766 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11768 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11769 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11771 \(fn)" nil nil)
11773 ;;;***
11775 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11776 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11777 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11779 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11780 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11782 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11784 ;;;***
11786 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11787 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (18787 48925))
11788 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11790 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11791 Set a bookmark for this article.
11793 \(fn)" t nil)
11795 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11796 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11798 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11800 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11801 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11802 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11803 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11804 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11806 \(fn)" t nil)
11808 ;;;***
11810 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11811 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11812 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18787
11813 ;;;;;; 48925))
11814 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11816 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11817 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11819 Usage:
11820 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11822 \(fn)" t nil)
11824 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11825 Generate the cache active file.
11827 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11829 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11830 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11832 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11834 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11835 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11836 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11837 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11838 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11839 supported.
11841 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11843 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11844 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11845 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11846 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11847 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11848 supported.
11850 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11852 ;;;***
11854 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11855 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (18787 48925))
11856 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11858 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11859 Delay this article by some time.
11860 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11862 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11863 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11865 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11866 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11868 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11869 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11871 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11873 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11874 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11876 \(fn)" t nil)
11878 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11879 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11880 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11881 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11883 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11884 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11886 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11888 ;;;***
11890 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11891 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (18787 48925))
11892 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11894 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11895 Not documented
11897 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11899 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11900 Not documented
11902 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11904 ;;;***
11906 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11907 ;;;;;; (18853 19461))
11908 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11910 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11911 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11913 \(fn)" t nil)
11915 ;;;***
11917 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11918 ;;;;;; (18862 237))
11919 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11921 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11922 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11924 \(fn)" t nil)
11926 ;;;***
11928 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11929 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11930 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18787
11931 ;;;;;; 48925))
11932 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11934 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11935 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11937 \(fn)" t nil)
11939 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11940 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11942 \(fn)" t nil)
11944 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11945 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11947 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11948 different input formats.
11950 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11952 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11953 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11955 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11956 different input formats.
11958 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11960 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11961 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11962 The PNG is returned as a string.
11964 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11966 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11967 Convert FILE to a Face.
11968 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11969 726 bytes.
11971 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11973 ;;;***
11975 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11976 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (18787 48925))
11977 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11979 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11980 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11981 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11982 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11984 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11986 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11987 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11989 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11991 ;;;***
11993 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11994 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11995 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11997 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11999 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12000 Run batched scoring.
12001 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12003 \(fn)" t nil)
12005 ;;;***
12007 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12008 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12009 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12010 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12012 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12013 Not documented
12015 \(fn)" nil nil)
12017 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12018 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12019 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12021 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12023 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12024 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12026 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12030 ;;;***
12032 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12033 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12034 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12037 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12038 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12039 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12040 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12041 group parameters.
12043 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12044 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12045 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12046 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12048 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12049 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12050 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12051 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12052 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12053 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12054 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12055 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12056 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12057 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12059 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12061 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12062 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12063 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12064 nil CATCH-ALL).
12066 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12067 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12069 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12071 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12072 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12073 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12075 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12077 \(fn)" nil nil)
12079 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12080 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12081 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12083 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12085 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12086 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12087 existing groups are considered.
12089 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12090 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12091 returned.
12093 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12094 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12095 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12096 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12097 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12098 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12099 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12100 clauses will be generated.
12102 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12103 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12104 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12105 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12106 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12107 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12109 For example, given the following group parameters:
12111 nnml:mail.bar:
12112 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12113 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12114 nnml:mail.foo:
12115 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12116 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12117 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12118 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12119 nnml:mail.others:
12120 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12122 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12124 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12125 \"mail.bar\")
12126 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12127 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12128 \"mail.others\")
12130 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12132 ;;;***
12134 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12135 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12136 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12138 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
12139 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12140 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12142 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12144 ;;;***
12146 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12147 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (18791 16520))
12148 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12150 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12151 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12152 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12153 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12155 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12157 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12158 Mail to ADDRESS.
12160 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12162 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12163 Like `message-reply'.
12165 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12167 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12169 ;;;***
12171 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12172 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18850 57238))
12173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12175 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
12176 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12178 \(fn)" t nil)
12180 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
12181 Load the NoCeM cache.
12183 \(fn)" t nil)
12185 ;;;***
12187 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12188 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12189 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12190 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12192 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12193 Display picons in the From header.
12194 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12196 \(fn)" t nil)
12198 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12199 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12200 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12202 \(fn)" t nil)
12204 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12205 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12206 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12208 \(fn)" t nil)
12210 ;;;***
12212 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12213 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12214 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12215 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12216 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18787 48925))
12217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12219 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12220 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12221 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12222 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12224 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12226 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12227 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12228 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12229 LIST1 is modified.
12231 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12233 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12234 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12235 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12237 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12239 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12240 Not documented
12242 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12244 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12245 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12246 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12248 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12250 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12251 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12252 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12254 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12256 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12258 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12259 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12260 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12262 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12264 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12265 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12266 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12268 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12270 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12271 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12272 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12274 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12276 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12277 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12279 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12281 ;;;***
12283 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12284 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18787 48925))
12285 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12287 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12288 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12290 \(fn)" t nil)
12292 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12293 Install the registry hooks.
12295 \(fn)" t nil)
12297 ;;;***
12299 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12300 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18787
12301 ;;;;;; 48925))
12302 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12304 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12305 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12306 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12307 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12308 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12309 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12311 \(fn)" t nil)
12313 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12314 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12315 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12316 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12317 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12319 \(fn)" t nil)
12321 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12322 Not documented
12324 \(fn)" t nil)
12326 ;;;***
12328 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12329 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12330 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12332 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
12333 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12334 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12335 for matching on group names.
12337 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12338 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12340 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12342 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12344 \(fn)" t nil)
12346 ;;;***
12348 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12349 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12350 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12352 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12353 Update the format specification near point.
12355 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12357 ;;;***
12359 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12360 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18791
12361 ;;;;;; 16521))
12362 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12364 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12365 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12367 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12369 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
12370 Not documented
12372 \(fn)" nil nil)
12374 ;;;***
12376 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12377 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12378 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12380 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12381 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12383 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12385 ;;;***
12387 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (18787 48933))
12388 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12390 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12391 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12393 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12394 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12395 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12397 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12398 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12399 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12401 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12402 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12404 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12405 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12407 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12409 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12411 ;;;***
12413 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12414 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (18799
12415 ;;;;;; 16232))
12416 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12418 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12420 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12421 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12422 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12423 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12424 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12426 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12428 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12429 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12430 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12431 or to send e-mail.
12432 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12433 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12435 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12436 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12438 \(fn)" t nil)
12439 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12441 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12442 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12446 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12447 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
12449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12451 ;;;***
12453 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12454 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12455 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (18967 15987))
12456 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12458 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12459 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12461 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12463 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12464 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12465 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12466 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12467 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12469 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12470 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12471 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12473 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12475 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12476 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12477 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12478 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12479 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12481 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12483 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12484 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12486 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12488 (defvar grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12489 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12491 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12492 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12493 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12495 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12496 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12497 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12499 (defvar xargs-program "xargs" "\
12500 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12501 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12502 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12504 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12505 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12506 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12507 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12508 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12510 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12512 (defvar grep-history nil)
12514 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12516 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12517 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12518 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12520 \(fn)" nil nil)
12522 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12523 Not documented
12525 \(fn)" nil nil)
12527 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12528 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12530 \(fn)" nil nil)
12532 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12533 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12534 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12535 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12536 found matches.
12538 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12539 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12541 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12542 can easily repeat a grep command.
12544 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12545 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12546 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12547 list is empty).
12549 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12551 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12552 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12553 Collect output in a buffer.
12554 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12555 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12557 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12558 easily repeat a find command.
12560 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12562 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12564 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12565 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12566 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12567 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12568 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12570 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12571 before it is executed.
12572 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12574 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12575 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12576 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12578 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12580 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12582 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12583 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12584 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12585 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12586 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12588 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12589 before it is executed.
12590 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12592 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12593 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12594 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12596 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12598 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12600 ;;;***
12602 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18792 40816))
12603 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12605 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12606 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12607 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12608 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12609 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12611 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12613 ;;;***
12615 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb)
12616 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (18787 48934))
12617 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12619 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12620 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12621 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12622 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12624 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12626 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12627 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12628 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12629 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12631 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12633 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12634 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12635 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12636 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12638 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12640 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12641 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12642 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12643 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12645 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12646 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12648 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12650 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12651 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12652 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12653 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12655 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12657 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12658 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12659 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12660 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12662 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12664 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12665 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12666 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12667 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12668 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12670 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12671 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12672 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12673 original source file access method.
12675 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12676 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12678 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12679 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12681 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))
12683 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12684 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12686 \(fn)" t nil)
12688 ;;;***
12690 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (18787
12691 ;;;;;; 48933))
12692 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12694 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12695 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12696 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12697 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12699 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12700 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12701 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12702 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12704 \(fn)" t nil)
12706 ;;;***
12708 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12709 ;;;;;; (18430 59248))
12710 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12712 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12713 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12715 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12717 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12718 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12719 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12720 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12722 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12724 \(fn)" t nil)
12726 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12727 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12728 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12729 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12730 to be updated.
12732 \(fn)" t nil)
12734 ;;;***
12736 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12737 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12738 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (18787 48929))
12739 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12741 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12742 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12744 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12746 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12747 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12748 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12750 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12752 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12753 Verify a hashcash payment
12755 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12757 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12758 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12759 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12760 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12761 `mail-add-payment-async').
12763 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12765 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12766 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12767 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12768 Calculation is asynchronous.
12770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12772 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12773 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12774 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12778 ;;;***
12780 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12781 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12782 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12783 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18918 21794))
12784 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12786 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12787 Return the help-echo string at point.
12788 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12789 property, or nil, is returned.
12790 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12791 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12792 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12794 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12796 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12797 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12798 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12799 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12800 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12802 \(fn)" nil nil)
12804 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12805 Display local help in the echo area.
12806 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12807 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12808 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12809 printed instead.
12811 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12812 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12813 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12817 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12818 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12819 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12821 \(fn)" t nil)
12823 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12824 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12825 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12827 \(fn)" t nil)
12829 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12830 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12831 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12832 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12833 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12834 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12835 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12836 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12837 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12838 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12839 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12841 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12842 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12843 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12844 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12845 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12847 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12848 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12849 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12850 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12851 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12852 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12853 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12854 The default is `never'.")
12856 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12858 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12859 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12860 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12861 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12862 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12863 considered different regions.
12865 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12866 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12867 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12868 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12869 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12870 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12871 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12872 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12873 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12875 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12877 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12878 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12879 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12880 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12881 different regions.
12883 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12884 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12885 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12886 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12887 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12888 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12889 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12890 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12892 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12893 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12894 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12895 rarely happens in practice.
12897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12899 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12900 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12901 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12902 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12903 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12904 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12908 ;;;***
12910 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12911 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 find-lisp-object-file-name
12912 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12913 ;;;;;; (18856 725))
12914 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12916 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12917 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12919 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12921 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12922 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12923 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12925 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12927 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12928 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12929 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12930 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12931 If TYPE is `variable', search for a variable definition.
12932 If TYPE is `face', search for a face definition.
12933 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12934 search for a function definition.
12936 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12937 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12938 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12939 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12940 suitable file is found, return nil.
12942 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12944 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12945 Not documented
12947 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12949 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12950 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12951 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12952 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12954 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12956 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12957 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12958 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12959 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12960 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12961 it is displayed along with the global value.
12963 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12965 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12966 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12967 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12968 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12970 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12972 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12973 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12974 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12975 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12976 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12978 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12980 ;;;***
12982 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12983 ;;;;;; (18787 48914))
12984 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12986 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12987 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12988 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12989 window listing and describing the options.
12990 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12991 gives the window that lists the options.")
12993 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12995 ;;;***
12997 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12998 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12999 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (18896
13000 ;;;;;; 7433))
13001 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13003 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13004 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13005 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13006 Commands:
13007 \\{help-mode-map}
13009 \(fn)" t nil)
13011 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13012 Not documented
13014 \(fn)" nil nil)
13016 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13017 Not documented
13019 \(fn)" nil nil)
13021 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13022 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13024 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13025 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13026 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13027 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13029 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13030 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13031 restore it properly when going back.
13033 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13035 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13036 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13037 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13038 current buffer.
13039 Otherwise, it is *Help*; if no buffer with that name currently
13040 exists, it is created.
13042 \(fn)" nil nil)
13044 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13045 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13047 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13048 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13049 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13050 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13051 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13052 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13053 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13054 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13056 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13057 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13058 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13059 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13061 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13062 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13063 that.
13065 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13067 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13068 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13069 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13070 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13071 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13072 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13074 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13076 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13077 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13078 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13079 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13080 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13082 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13084 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13085 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13087 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13089 ;;;***
13091 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13092 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18787 48922))
13093 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13095 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13096 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13098 \(fn)" t nil)
13100 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13101 Provide help for current mode.
13103 \(fn)" t nil)
13105 ;;;***
13107 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13108 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (18791 16509))
13109 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13111 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13112 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13113 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13114 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13115 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13117 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13118 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13120 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13121 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13122 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13123 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13125 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13126 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13127 periods.
13129 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13130 in hexl format.
13132 A sample format:
13134 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13135 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13136 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13137 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13138 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13139 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13140 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13141 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13142 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13143 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13144 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13145 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13146 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13147 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13148 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13150 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13151 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13152 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13154 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13155 also supported.
13157 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13159 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13160 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13161 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13163 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13164 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13165 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13167 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13168 into the buffer at the current point.
13170 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13171 into the buffer at the current point.
13173 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13174 into the buffer at the current point.
13176 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13178 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13179 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13181 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13183 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13187 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13188 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13189 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13190 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13192 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13194 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13195 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13196 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13198 \(fn)" t nil)
13200 ;;;***
13202 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13203 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13204 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13205 ;;;;;; (18927 50551))
13206 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13208 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13209 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13211 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13212 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13213 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13214 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13215 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13216 called interactively, are:
13218 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13219 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13221 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13222 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13223 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13224 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13226 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13227 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13229 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13230 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13232 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13233 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13234 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13235 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13236 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13237 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13238 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13239 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13240 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13241 function returns t.
13243 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13244 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13246 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13247 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13248 form:
13249 Hi-lock: FOO
13250 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13251 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13252 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13253 Patterns will be read until
13254 Hi-lock: end
13255 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13259 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13260 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13261 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13262 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13263 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13264 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13266 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13268 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13269 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13270 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13271 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13272 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13276 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13278 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13279 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13281 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13282 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13283 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13284 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13285 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13287 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13289 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13291 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13292 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13294 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13295 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13296 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13297 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13298 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13300 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13302 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13304 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13305 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13307 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13308 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13310 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13312 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13314 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13315 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13317 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13318 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13319 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13320 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13321 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13323 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13325 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13326 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13328 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13329 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13330 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13332 \(fn)" t nil)
13334 ;;;***
13336 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13337 ;;;;;; (18794 5654))
13338 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13340 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13341 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13342 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13343 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13344 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13345 how the hiding is done:
13347 `hide-ifdef-env'
13348 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13349 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13350 is used.
13352 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13353 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13354 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13355 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13356 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13358 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13359 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13360 #endif lines when hiding.
13362 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13363 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13364 is activated.
13366 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13367 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13368 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13370 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13374 ;;;***
13376 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13377 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
13378 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13380 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning)) "\
13381 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13382 Each element has the form
13383 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13385 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13386 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13388 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13389 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13391 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13392 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13393 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13394 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13395 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13396 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13398 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13399 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13401 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13402 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13404 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13405 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13406 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13408 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13409 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13410 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13411 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13412 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13414 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13415 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13416 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13418 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13419 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13421 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13423 Key bindings:
13424 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13428 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13429 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13431 \(fn)" nil nil)
13433 ;;;***
13435 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13436 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13437 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13438 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13439 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18787
13440 ;;;;;; 48914))
13441 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13443 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13444 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
13446 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
13448 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
13449 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
13450 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
13451 on and off.
13453 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13454 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13455 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13456 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13457 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13458 through various faces.
13459 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13460 buffer with the contents of a file
13461 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13465 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13466 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
13468 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
13469 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
13470 in a distinctive face.
13472 The default value can be customized with variable
13473 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
13475 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13479 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13480 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13481 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13483 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13485 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13486 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13488 \(fn)" t nil)
13490 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13491 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13493 \(fn)" t nil)
13495 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13496 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13498 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13499 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13500 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13501 shown in the last face in the list.
13503 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13504 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13505 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13507 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13509 \(fn)" t nil)
13511 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13512 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13514 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13516 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13517 to save the file.
13519 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13520 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13522 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13523 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13524 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13526 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13528 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13529 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13531 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13532 this function is called interactively.
13534 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13535 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13536 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13538 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13539 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13540 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13542 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13544 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13545 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13546 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13547 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13548 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13549 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13551 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13553 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13554 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
13555 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13556 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13557 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13561 ;;;***
13563 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13564 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13565 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13566 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13567 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (18787 48914))
13568 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13570 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13571 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13572 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13573 or insert functions in this list.")
13575 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13577 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13578 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13580 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13582 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13583 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13585 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13587 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13588 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13590 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13592 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13593 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13595 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13597 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13598 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13599 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13601 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13603 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers '("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode) "\
13604 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13605 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13606 \(as atoms)")
13608 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13610 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13611 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13612 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13613 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13614 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13616 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13618 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13619 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13620 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13621 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13622 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13623 expansions.
13624 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13625 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13626 undoes the expansion.
13628 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13630 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13631 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13632 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13633 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13635 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13637 ;;;***
13639 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13640 ;;;;;; (18787 48914))
13641 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13643 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13644 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13645 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13647 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13648 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13649 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13650 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13651 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13653 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13654 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13655 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13656 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13658 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13660 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13661 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13662 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13663 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13664 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13665 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13667 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13669 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13670 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13671 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13673 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13674 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13678 ;;;***
13680 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13681 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13682 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13683 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13684 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (18901 14441))
13685 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13687 (defvar holiday-general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
13688 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13689 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13691 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13693 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13695 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13697 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice)))) "\
13698 Oriental holidays.
13699 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13701 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13703 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13705 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13707 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13708 Local holidays.
13709 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13711 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13713 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13715 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13717 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13718 User defined holidays.
13719 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13721 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13723 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13725 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13727 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))) "\
13728 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13730 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13732 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))) "\
13733 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13735 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13737 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah"))) "\
13738 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13740 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13742 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av))) "\
13743 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13745 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13747 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc)))) "\
13748 Jewish holidays.
13749 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13751 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13753 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13755 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13757 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")))) "\
13758 Christian holidays.
13759 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13761 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13763 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13765 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13767 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
13768 Islamic holidays.
13769 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13771 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13773 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13775 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13777 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
13778 Baha'i holidays.
13779 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13781 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13783 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13785 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13787 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name)))) "\
13788 Sun-related holidays.
13789 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13791 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13793 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13795 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13797 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13799 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13800 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13801 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13802 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13806 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13807 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13808 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13809 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13810 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13812 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13813 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13815 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13816 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13818 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13819 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13820 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13821 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13822 of a holiday list.
13824 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13826 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13828 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13830 ;;;***
13832 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18787
13833 ;;;;;; 48925))
13834 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13836 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13837 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13839 \(fn)" t nil)
13841 ;;;***
13843 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13844 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13845 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13846 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13847 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13848 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13849 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13850 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13851 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13852 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13853 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13854 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13855 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13856 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13857 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13858 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13859 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13860 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13861 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13862 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13863 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13864 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13865 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (18875 4271))
13866 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13868 (autoload 'ibuffer-auto-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13869 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13870 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13874 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13875 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13877 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13879 (autoload 'ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13880 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13882 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13884 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13885 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13887 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13889 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13890 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13892 \(fn)" t nil)
13894 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13895 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13897 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13899 (autoload 'ibuffer-backward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13900 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13902 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13903 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13904 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13905 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13906 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13907 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13908 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13909 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13910 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-isearch "ibuf-ext")
13911 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-isearch-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13912 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13913 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13914 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13915 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13917 (autoload 'ibuffer-included-in-filters-p "ibuf-ext" "\
13918 Not documented
13920 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13922 (autoload 'ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13923 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13925 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13927 (autoload 'ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13928 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13930 \(fn)" t nil)
13932 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13933 Remove the first filter group.
13935 \(fn)" t nil)
13937 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13938 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13940 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13942 (autoload 'ibuffer-clear-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13943 Remove all filter groups.
13945 \(fn)" t nil)
13947 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13948 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13950 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13952 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13953 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13954 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13956 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13958 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-line "ibuf-ext" "\
13959 Kill the filter group at point.
13960 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13962 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13964 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank "ibuf-ext" "\
13965 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13967 \(fn)" t nil)
13969 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13970 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13972 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13974 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13975 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13976 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13977 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13979 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13981 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13982 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13983 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13985 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13987 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13988 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13989 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups' is used.
13991 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13993 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-disable "ibuf-ext" "\
13994 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13996 \(fn)" t nil)
13998 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
13999 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14001 \(fn)" t nil)
14003 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14004 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14006 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14007 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14008 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14010 \(fn)" t nil)
14012 (autoload 'ibuffer-exchange-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14013 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14015 \(fn)" t nil)
14017 (autoload 'ibuffer-negate-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14018 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14020 \(fn)" t nil)
14022 (autoload 'ibuffer-or-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14023 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14024 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14025 filter into parts.
14027 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14029 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14030 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14031 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14033 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14035 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14036 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14038 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14040 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14041 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14043 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14045 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14046 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14048 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14049 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14050 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14051 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14052 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14053 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14054 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14055 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14056 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14058 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14059 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14060 Default sorting modes are:
14061 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14062 Name - the name of the buffer
14063 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14064 Size - the size of the buffer
14066 \(fn)" t nil)
14068 (autoload 'ibuffer-invert-sorting "ibuf-ext" "\
14069 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14071 \(fn)" t nil)
14072 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14073 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14074 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14075 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14076 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-filename/process "ibuf-ext")
14078 (autoload 'ibuffer-bs-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14079 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14081 \(fn)" t nil)
14083 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide "ibuf-ext" "\
14084 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14085 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14086 for this Ibuffer session.
14088 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14090 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14091 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14092 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14093 for this Ibuffer session.
14095 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14097 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14098 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14100 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14101 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14103 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14104 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14106 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14108 (autoload 'ibuffer-backwards-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14109 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14111 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14112 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14114 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14116 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-kill-lines "ibuf-ext" "\
14117 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14119 \(fn)" t nil)
14121 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-buffer "ibuf-ext" "\
14122 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14124 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14125 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14126 hidden group filter, open it.
14128 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14129 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14130 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14132 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14134 (autoload 'ibuffer-diff-with-file "ibuf-ext" "\
14135 View the differences between marked buffers and their associated files.
14136 If no buffers are marked, use buffer at point.
14137 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14139 \(fn)" t nil)
14141 (autoload 'ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill "ibuf-ext" "\
14142 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14144 The names are separated by a space.
14145 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14147 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14148 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14149 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14150 to `ibuffer-default-directory' if non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14152 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14156 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14157 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14159 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14161 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14162 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14164 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14166 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14167 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14169 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14171 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14172 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14174 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14176 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14177 Mark all modified buffers.
14179 \(fn)" t nil)
14181 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14182 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14184 \(fn)" t nil)
14186 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14187 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14189 \(fn)" t nil)
14191 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-help-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14192 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14194 \(fn)" t nil)
14196 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14197 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14199 \(fn)" t nil)
14201 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-old-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14202 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' hours.
14204 \(fn)" t nil)
14206 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-special-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14207 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14209 \(fn)" t nil)
14211 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14212 Mark all read-only buffers.
14214 \(fn)" t nil)
14216 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14217 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14219 \(fn)" t nil)
14221 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-occur "ibuf-ext" "\
14222 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14223 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14224 defaults to one.
14226 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14228 ;;;***
14230 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14231 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18787
14232 ;;;;;; 48914))
14233 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14235 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14236 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14238 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14239 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14240 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14242 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14243 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14244 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14245 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14246 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14247 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14249 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14250 title of the column.
14252 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14253 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14254 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14255 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14256 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14258 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14260 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14261 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14262 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14263 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14264 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14266 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14267 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14268 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14270 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14272 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14273 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14274 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14275 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14276 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14277 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14279 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14280 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14281 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14282 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14283 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14284 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14285 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14286 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14287 values are:
14288 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14289 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14290 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14291 buffer's modification flag.
14292 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14293 prompted before performing this operation.
14294 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14295 operation is complete, in the form:
14296 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14297 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14298 confirmation message, in the form:
14299 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14300 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14301 macro for exactly what it does.
14303 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14305 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14306 Define a filter named NAME.
14307 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14308 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14309 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14311 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14312 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14313 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14314 bound to the current value of the filter.
14316 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14318 ;;;***
14320 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14321 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (18853 58440))
14322 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14324 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14325 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14326 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14327 buffers which are visiting a file.
14329 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14331 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14332 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14333 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14334 buffers which are visiting a file.
14336 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14338 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14339 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14340 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14342 All arguments are optional.
14343 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14344 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14345 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14346 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14347 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14348 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14349 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14350 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14351 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14352 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14353 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14354 that value locally in this buffer.
14356 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14358 ;;;***
14360 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14361 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14362 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (18813 56068))
14363 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14365 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14366 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14367 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14368 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14370 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14372 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14373 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14374 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14375 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14376 ICAL-FILENAME.
14377 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14378 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14379 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14381 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14383 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14384 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14385 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14386 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14387 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14388 non-marking or not.
14390 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14392 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14393 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14395 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14396 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14397 DIARY-FILE.
14399 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14400 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14401 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14403 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14404 non-marking.
14406 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14407 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14408 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14410 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14412 ;;;***
14414 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18787
14415 ;;;;;; 48914))
14416 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14418 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14419 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14420 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14421 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14422 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14423 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14425 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14427 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14428 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14429 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
14430 otherwise turn it off.
14432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14434 ;;;***
14436 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18791 16531))
14437 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14439 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14440 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14441 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14442 Tab indents for Icon code.
14443 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14444 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14445 \\{icon-mode-map}
14446 Variables controlling indentation style:
14447 icon-tab-always-indent
14448 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14449 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14450 icon-auto-newline
14451 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14452 inserted in Icon code.
14453 icon-indent-level
14454 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14455 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14456 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14457 icon-continued-statement-offset
14458 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14459 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14460 icon-continued-brace-offset
14461 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14462 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14463 icon-brace-offset
14464 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14465 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14466 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14467 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14469 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14470 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14472 \(fn)" t nil)
14474 ;;;***
14476 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14477 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
14478 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14480 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14481 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14482 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14483 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14485 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14486 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14487 separate frames.
14489 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14490 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14492 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14493 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14494 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14496 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14498 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14500 ;;;***
14502 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14503 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
14504 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14506 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14507 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14509 The main features of this mode are
14511 1. Indentation and Formatting
14512 --------------------------
14513 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14514 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14516 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14517 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14518 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14519 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14521 Comments are indented as follows:
14523 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14524 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14525 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14527 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14529 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14530 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14531 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14532 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14533 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14534 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14536 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14537 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14538 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14539 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14541 2. Routine Info
14542 ------------
14543 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14544 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14545 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14546 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14547 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14548 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14549 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14550 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14551 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14552 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14554 3. Online IDL Help
14555 ---------------
14557 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14558 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14559 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14560 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14562 4. Completion
14563 ----------
14564 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14565 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14566 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14567 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14568 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14569 upper case.
14571 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14572 --------------------------------
14573 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14574 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14576 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14577 \\fu FUNCTION template
14578 \\c CASE statement template
14579 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14580 \\f FOR loop template
14581 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14582 \\w WHILE loop template
14583 \\i IF statement template
14584 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14585 \\b BEGIN
14587 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14588 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14590 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14591 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14592 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14593 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14595 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14596 -------------------------
14597 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14598 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14600 7. Automatic END completion
14601 ------------------------
14602 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14603 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14605 8. Hooks
14606 -----
14607 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14608 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14610 9. Documentation and Customization
14611 -------------------------------
14612 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14613 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14614 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14615 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14616 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14618 10.Keybindings
14619 -----------
14620 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14621 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14622 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14624 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14626 \(fn)" t nil)
14628 ;;;***
14630 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14631 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14632 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14633 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14634 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14635 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14636 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14637 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (18951
14638 ;;;;;; 18091))
14639 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14641 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14642 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14643 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14644 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14645 displaying...)
14646 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14647 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14648 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14650 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14651 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14653 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14655 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14656 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14657 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14658 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14659 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14660 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14661 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14662 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14663 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14667 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14668 Switch to another buffer.
14669 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14670 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14671 in another frame.
14673 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14674 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14675 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14676 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14677 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14679 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14680 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14682 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14683 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14685 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14686 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14687 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14688 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14689 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14690 in a separate window.
14691 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14692 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14693 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14694 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14695 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14696 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14697 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14698 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14699 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14701 \(fn)" t nil)
14703 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14704 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14705 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14706 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14708 \(fn)" t nil)
14710 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14711 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14712 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14713 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14715 \(fn)" t nil)
14717 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14718 Kill a buffer.
14719 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14720 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14722 \(fn)" t nil)
14724 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14725 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14726 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14727 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14729 \(fn)" t nil)
14731 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14732 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14733 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14734 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14736 \(fn)" t nil)
14738 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14739 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14741 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14743 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14744 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14745 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14746 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14747 visible in another frame.
14749 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14750 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14751 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14752 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14753 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14754 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14756 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14757 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14759 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14760 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14762 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14763 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14764 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14765 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14766 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14767 in a separate window.
14768 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14769 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14770 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14771 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14772 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14773 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14774 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14775 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14776 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14777 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14778 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14779 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14780 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14781 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14782 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14784 \(fn)" t nil)
14786 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14787 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14788 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14789 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14791 \(fn)" t nil)
14793 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14794 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14795 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14796 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14798 \(fn)" t nil)
14800 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14801 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14802 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14803 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14805 \(fn)" t nil)
14807 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14808 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14809 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14810 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14812 \(fn)" t nil)
14814 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14815 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14816 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14817 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14819 \(fn)" t nil)
14821 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14822 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14823 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14824 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14826 \(fn)" t nil)
14828 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14829 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14830 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14831 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14833 \(fn)" t nil)
14835 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14836 Write current buffer to a file.
14837 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14838 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14840 \(fn)" t nil)
14842 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14843 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14844 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14845 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14847 \(fn)" t nil)
14849 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14850 Call `dired' the ido way.
14851 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14852 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14854 \(fn)" t nil)
14856 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14857 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14858 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14859 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14860 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14861 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14863 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14865 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14866 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14867 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14868 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14870 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14872 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14873 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14874 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14875 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14877 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14879 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14880 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14881 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14882 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14883 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14884 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14885 with `completing-read'.
14886 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14887 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14888 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14889 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14890 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14891 with point positioned at the end.
14892 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14893 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14895 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14897 ;;;***
14899 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18787 48915))
14900 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14901 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14903 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14904 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14905 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14907 \(fn)" t nil)
14909 ;;;***
14911 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14912 ;;;;;; (18787 48915))
14913 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14915 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14916 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14918 \(fn)" t nil)
14920 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14921 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14925 ;;;***
14927 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14928 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14929 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14930 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14931 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (18852 12908))
14932 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14934 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14935 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14936 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14937 be determined.
14939 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14941 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14942 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14943 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14944 be determined.
14946 \(fn)" nil nil)
14948 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14949 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14950 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14951 be determined.
14953 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14955 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14956 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14957 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14958 be determined.
14960 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14962 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14963 Determine and return image type.
14964 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14965 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14966 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14967 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14968 use its file extension as image type.
14969 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14971 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14973 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14974 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14975 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14977 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14979 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14980 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14981 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14983 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14984 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14985 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14986 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14987 must be available.
14989 \(fn)" nil nil)
14991 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14992 Create an image.
14993 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14994 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14995 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14996 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14997 use its file extension as image type.
14998 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14999 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15000 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15001 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15003 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15005 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15006 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15007 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15009 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15011 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15012 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15013 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15014 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15015 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15016 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15017 POS may be an integer or marker.
15018 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15019 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15020 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15021 means display it in the right marginal area.
15023 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15025 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15026 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15027 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15028 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15029 defaulted if you omit it.
15030 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15031 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15032 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15033 means display it in the right marginal area.
15034 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15035 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15036 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15037 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15038 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15040 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15042 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15043 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15044 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15045 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15046 defaulted if you omit it.
15047 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15048 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15049 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15050 means display it in the right marginal area.
15051 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15053 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15055 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15056 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15057 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15058 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15060 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15062 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15063 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15065 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15067 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15068 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15069 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15070 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15071 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15072 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15073 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15074 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15075 satisfied.
15077 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15079 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15081 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15083 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15084 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15086 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15087 documentation string.
15089 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15090 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15091 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15092 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15093 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15094 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15095 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15096 define SYMBOL.
15098 Example:
15100 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15101 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15103 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15105 ;;;***
15107 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15108 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15109 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15110 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15111 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15112 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15113 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15114 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18787 48915))
15115 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15117 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15118 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15120 \(fn)" t nil)
15122 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15123 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15125 Convenience command that:
15127 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15128 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15129 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15131 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15132 image files in dired and type
15133 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15135 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15137 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15138 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15140 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15142 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15143 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15144 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15145 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15146 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15147 another one).
15149 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15150 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15151 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15153 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15154 instead of erasing it first.
15156 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15157 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15158 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15159 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15160 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15161 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15163 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15165 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15166 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15167 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15168 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15169 displayed.
15171 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15173 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15175 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15177 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15178 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15180 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15182 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15183 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15184 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15186 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15188 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15189 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15191 \(fn)" t nil)
15193 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15194 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15195 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15196 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15198 \(fn)" t nil)
15200 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15201 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15203 \(fn)" t nil)
15205 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15206 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15208 \(fn)" t nil)
15210 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15211 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15213 \(fn)" t nil)
15215 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15216 Display current image file.
15217 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15218 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15222 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15223 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15225 \(fn)" t nil)
15227 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15228 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15229 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15230 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15231 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15232 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15233 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15235 \(fn)" t nil)
15237 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15238 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15239 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15240 easy-to-use form.
15242 \(fn)" t nil)
15244 ;;;***
15246 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15247 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15248 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18787 48915))
15249 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15251 (defvar image-file-name-extensions '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg") "\
15252 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15253 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15254 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15256 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15257 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15258 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15259 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15261 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15263 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15264 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15265 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15266 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15268 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15269 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15270 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15271 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15273 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15275 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15276 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15278 \(fn)" nil nil)
15280 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15281 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15282 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15283 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15285 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15287 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15288 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15289 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15290 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15291 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15292 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15294 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15296 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15297 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15298 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15299 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15301 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15302 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15303 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15307 ;;;***
15309 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode
15310 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (18837 32920))
15311 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15312 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15313 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15314 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15315 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15316 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15317 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15318 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15319 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15320 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15322 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15323 Major mode for image files.
15324 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15325 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15327 \(fn)" t nil)
15329 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15330 Toggle Image minor mode.
15331 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15332 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15336 (autoload 'image-mode-maybe "image-mode" "\
15337 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15338 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15339 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15340 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15341 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15343 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15344 information on these modes.
15346 \(fn)" t nil)
15348 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15349 Not documented
15351 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15353 ;;;***
15355 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15356 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (18787 48915))
15357 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15359 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15360 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15362 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15364 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15365 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15366 in the buffer.
15368 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15370 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15371 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15372 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15374 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15376 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15377 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15379 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15380 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15381 pattern's structure.
15383 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15384 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15385 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15386 during matching.")
15388 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15390 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15391 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15393 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15394 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15395 called within a `save-excursion'.
15397 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15399 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15401 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15402 Function for finding the next index position.
15404 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15405 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15406 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15407 file.
15409 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15410 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15412 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15414 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15415 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15417 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15418 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15419 It should return the name for that index item.")
15421 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15423 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15424 Function to compare string with index item.
15426 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15427 non-nil if they match.
15429 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15430 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15431 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15432 arguments match\".")
15434 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15436 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15437 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15438 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15440 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15442 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15444 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15446 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15447 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15448 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15449 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15451 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15453 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15454 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15456 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15458 \(fn)" t nil)
15460 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15461 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15462 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15463 for more information.
15465 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15467 ;;;***
15469 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15470 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15471 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (18787 48929))
15472 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15474 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15475 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15477 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15479 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15480 Not documented
15482 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15484 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15485 Not documented
15487 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15489 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15490 Not documented
15492 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15494 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15495 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15497 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15499 ;;;***
15501 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15502 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15503 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (18787 48934))
15504 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15506 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15507 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15508 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15509 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15510 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15512 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15514 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15515 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15517 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15519 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15520 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15521 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15522 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15523 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15524 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15525 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15526 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15528 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15530 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15531 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15532 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15533 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15534 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15536 This variable is only used if the variable
15537 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15539 More precise choices:
15540 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15541 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15542 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15544 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15546 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15548 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15549 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15551 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15552 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15553 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15554 to that buffer.
15555 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15556 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15557 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15558 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15560 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15561 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15563 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15565 ;;;***
15567 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15568 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15569 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15570 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18799 16231))
15571 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15573 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15574 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15576 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15577 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15578 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15580 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15581 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15582 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15583 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15584 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15585 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15586 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15587 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15588 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15589 with the top-level Info directory.
15591 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15592 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15593 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15594 appended to the Info buffer name.
15596 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15597 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15598 in all the directories in that path.
15600 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15602 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15604 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15605 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15607 \(fn)" t nil)
15609 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15610 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15611 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15612 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15614 \(fn)" nil nil)
15616 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15617 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15618 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15619 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15621 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15623 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15624 Go to the Info directory node.
15626 \(fn)" t nil)
15628 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15629 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15630 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15631 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15632 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15633 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15635 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15637 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15638 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15639 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15641 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15643 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15644 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15645 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15646 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15647 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15649 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15650 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15652 Selecting other nodes:
15653 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15654 Follow a node reference you click on.
15655 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15656 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15657 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15658 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15659 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15660 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15661 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15662 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15663 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15664 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15665 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15666 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15667 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15668 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15669 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15670 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15671 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15672 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15673 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15674 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15676 Moving within a node:
15677 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15678 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15679 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15680 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15681 move up to the parent node.
15682 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15683 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15684 if there is none.
15685 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15687 Advanced commands:
15688 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15689 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15690 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15691 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15692 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15693 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15694 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15695 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15696 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15697 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15698 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15699 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15700 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15701 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15702 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15703 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15704 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15706 \(fn)" nil nil)
15707 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15709 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15710 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15711 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15712 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15713 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15714 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15716 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15717 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15719 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15720 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15721 KEY is a string.
15722 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15723 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15724 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15725 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15727 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15729 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15730 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15731 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15733 \(fn)" t nil)
15735 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15736 Not documented
15738 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15740 ;;;***
15742 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15743 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15744 ;;;;;; (18787 48915))
15745 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15747 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15748 Throw away all cached data.
15749 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15750 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15751 system.
15753 \(fn)" t nil)
15754 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15756 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15757 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15758 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15759 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15760 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15761 one found at point.
15763 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15765 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15766 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15768 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15769 Display the documentation of a file.
15770 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15771 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15772 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15773 The default file name is the one found at point.
15775 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15777 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15779 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15780 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15784 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15785 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15787 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15789 ;;;***
15791 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15792 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18787 48915))
15793 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15795 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15796 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15798 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15800 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15801 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15802 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15804 \(fn)" t nil)
15806 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15807 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15808 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15810 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15811 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15812 quite a while.
15814 \(fn)" t nil)
15816 ;;;***
15818 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15819 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (18787 48916))
15820 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15822 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15823 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15825 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15827 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15828 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15830 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15832 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15833 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15834 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15835 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15837 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15838 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15839 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15841 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15842 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15843 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15844 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15846 \(fn)" t nil)
15848 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15849 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15850 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15852 \(fn)" t nil)
15854 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15855 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15856 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15857 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15858 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15860 \(fn)" nil nil)
15862 ;;;***
15864 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15865 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15866 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
15867 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15869 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15870 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15872 \(fn)" t nil)
15874 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15875 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15877 \(fn)" t nil)
15879 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15880 Not documented
15882 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15884 ;;;***
15886 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18791
15887 ;;;;;; 16510))
15888 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15890 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15891 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15892 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15893 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15894 accessed via isearchb.
15896 \(fn)" t nil)
15898 ;;;***
15900 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15901 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15902 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15903 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18787 48928))
15904 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15906 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15907 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15908 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15909 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15910 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15912 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15914 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15915 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15916 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15917 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15918 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15920 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15922 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15923 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15924 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15925 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15926 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15928 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15930 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15931 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15932 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15933 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15934 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15936 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15938 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15939 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15940 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15941 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15942 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15944 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15946 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15947 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15948 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15949 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15950 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15952 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15954 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15955 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15956 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15957 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15958 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15960 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15962 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15963 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15964 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15965 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15967 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15969 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15970 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15971 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15972 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15974 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15976 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15977 Warn that format is read-only.
15979 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15981 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15982 Warn that format is write-only.
15984 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15986 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15987 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15989 \(fn)" t nil)
15991 ;;;***
15993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15994 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
15995 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15996 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15997 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15998 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16000 ;;;***
16002 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16003 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16004 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16005 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
16006 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (18875 4272))
16007 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16008 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16010 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16011 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16012 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16013 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16014 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16016 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16017 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16019 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16020 Key map for ispell menu.")
16022 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16023 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16024 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16025 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16027 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16029 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '(menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '(menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '(menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] '(menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help "Customize spell checking options")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '(menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] '(menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '(menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '(menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))
16031 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '(menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))
16033 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help "Skip headers and included message text")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer")) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16035 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist '((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)")) "\
16036 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16037 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16038 Valid forms include:
16039 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16040 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16041 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16042 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16044 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}"))) "\
16045 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16046 First list is used raw.
16047 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16049 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16050 for skipping in latex mode.")
16052 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16053 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16054 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16055 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16056 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16057 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16058 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16060 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16061 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16062 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16063 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16065 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16066 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16067 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16068 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16069 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16071 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16072 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16074 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16075 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16077 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16078 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16080 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16081 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16083 Return values:
16084 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16085 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16086 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16087 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16088 quit spell session exited.
16090 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16092 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16093 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16094 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16096 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16098 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16099 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16101 Selections are:
16103 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16104 SPC: Accept word this time.
16105 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16106 `a': Accept word for this session.
16107 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16108 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16109 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16110 `?': Show these commands.
16111 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16112 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16113 the aborted check to be completed later.
16114 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16115 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16116 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16117 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16118 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16119 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16120 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16122 \(fn)" nil nil)
16124 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16125 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16126 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16128 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16130 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16131 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16132 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16133 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16135 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16137 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16139 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16140 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16141 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16142 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16144 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16146 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16147 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16149 \(fn)" t nil)
16151 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16152 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16154 \(fn)" t nil)
16156 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16157 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16159 \(fn)" t nil)
16161 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16162 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16163 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16164 sequence inside of a word.
16166 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16168 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16170 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16171 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16173 \(fn)" t nil)
16175 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16176 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16177 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16178 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16180 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16181 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16182 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16183 available on the net.
16185 \(fn)" t nil)
16187 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16188 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16189 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16190 otherwise turn it off.
16192 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16193 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16195 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16196 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16200 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16201 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16202 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16203 Don't check included messages.
16205 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16206 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16207 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16209 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16210 in your .emacs file:
16211 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16212 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16213 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16214 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16216 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16217 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16218 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16220 \(fn)" t nil)
16222 ;;;***
16224 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (18787
16225 ;;;;;; 48916))
16226 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16228 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16229 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16230 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16231 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16232 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16233 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16235 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16237 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16238 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16239 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
16240 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16241 `iswitchb' for details.
16243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16245 ;;;***
16247 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16248 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16249 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16250 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (18787 48929))
16251 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16253 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16254 Not documented
16256 \(fn)" nil nil)
16258 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16259 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16260 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16261 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16262 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16263 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16264 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16265 necessary to represent OBJ.
16267 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16269 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16270 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16271 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16272 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16274 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16276 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16277 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16278 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16279 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16280 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16282 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16284 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16285 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16286 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16287 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16289 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16291 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16292 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16293 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16294 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16296 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16298 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16299 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16301 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16303 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16304 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16305 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16306 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16307 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16309 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16311 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16312 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16313 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16314 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16315 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16317 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16319 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16320 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16321 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16323 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16325 ;;;***
16327 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16328 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18787 48916))
16329 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16331 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16332 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16333 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16334 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16336 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16337 Not documented
16339 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16341 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16342 Uninstall jka-compr.
16343 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16344 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16345 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16347 \(fn)" nil nil)
16349 ;;;***
16351 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16352 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16353 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
16354 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16356 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16357 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16358 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16359 decimal key must be specified.")
16361 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16363 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16364 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16365 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16366 decimal key must be specified.")
16368 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16370 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16371 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16372 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16373 decimal key must be specified.")
16375 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16377 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16378 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16379 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16380 decimal key must be specified.")
16382 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16384 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16385 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16386 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16387 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16388 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16389 keys are bound.
16391 Setup Binding
16392 -------------------------------------------------------------
16393 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16394 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16395 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16396 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16397 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16398 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16399 in the global and local keymaps.
16401 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16402 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16404 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16406 ;;;***
16408 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16409 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
16410 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16412 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16413 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16414 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16416 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16417 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16418 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16419 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16420 shorter.
16422 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16423 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16424 the context of text formatting.
16426 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16428 ;;;***
16430 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18787
16431 ;;;;;; 48928))
16432 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16434 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16435 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16436 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16437 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16438 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16439 positions that contains the current selection.")
16441 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16442 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16443 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16444 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16445 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16446 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16447 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16449 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16451 ;;;***
16453 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16454 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16455 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16456 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (18791 16510))
16457 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16458 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16459 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16460 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16461 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16462 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16463 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16464 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16466 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16467 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16469 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16471 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16472 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16473 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16474 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16475 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16477 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16479 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16480 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16481 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16483 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16484 defining the macro.
16486 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16487 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16488 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16490 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16491 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16493 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16495 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16496 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16497 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16498 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16499 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16500 under that name.
16502 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16503 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16504 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16506 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16508 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16509 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16510 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16512 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16513 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16514 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16515 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16517 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16518 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16520 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16522 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16523 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16524 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16526 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16527 macro.
16529 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16530 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16532 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16533 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16534 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16536 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16537 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16539 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16541 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16542 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16543 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16544 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16546 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16548 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16549 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16550 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16551 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16553 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16554 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16556 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16558 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16559 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16560 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16562 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16564 ;;;***
16566 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16567 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (18787 48929))
16568 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16570 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16571 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16572 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16574 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16575 Not documented
16577 \(fn)" nil nil)
16579 ;;;***
16581 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16582 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
16583 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16585 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
16587 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
16588 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16590 \(fn)" t nil)
16592 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
16594 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
16595 Start or resume an Lm game.
16596 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16597 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16599 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16600 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16601 none / 1 | yes | no
16602 2 | yes | yes
16603 3 | no | yes
16604 4 | no | no
16606 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16607 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16608 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16610 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16612 ;;;***
16614 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16615 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16616 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18787 48929))
16617 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16619 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16620 Not documented
16622 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16624 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16625 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16626 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16627 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16628 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16629 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16631 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16632 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16634 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16636 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16637 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16639 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16641 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16642 Not documented
16644 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16646 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16647 Not documented
16649 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16651 ;;;***
16653 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16654 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16655 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18787 48928))
16656 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16658 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8)) "\
16659 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16660 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16661 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16663 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16665 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16666 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16667 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16669 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16671 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16672 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16673 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16675 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16677 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16678 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16679 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16680 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16682 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16684 ;;;***
16686 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16687 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18787 48928))
16688 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16690 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16691 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16692 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16693 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16694 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16695 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16696 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16697 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16699 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16700 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16702 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16703 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16705 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16707 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16708 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16709 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16710 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16711 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16712 `latin1-display-setup'.
16714 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16716 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16717 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16718 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16719 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16721 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16722 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16724 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16726 ;;;***
16728 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16729 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
16730 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16732 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode))
16734 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode))
16736 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16737 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16739 \(fn)" t nil)
16741 ;;;***
16743 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16744 ;;;;;; (18787 48916))
16745 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16747 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16748 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16750 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16751 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16753 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16754 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16756 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16757 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16758 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16759 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16760 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16761 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16762 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16763 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16764 and transmit saved text.
16766 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16767 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16768 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16770 \(fn)" t nil)
16772 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16773 Not documented
16775 \(fn)" nil nil)
16777 ;;;***
16779 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18787 48933))
16780 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16782 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16783 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16784 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16785 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16786 generations (this defaults to 1).
16788 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16790 ;;;***
16792 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16793 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (18803 15399))
16794 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16796 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16797 Format used to display line numbers.
16798 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16799 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16800 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16801 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16803 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16805 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16806 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
16808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16810 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16811 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16812 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16813 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16814 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16815 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16817 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16819 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16820 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
16821 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16822 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where `linum-on' would do it.
16823 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16827 ;;;***
16829 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18787
16830 ;;;;;; 48916))
16831 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16833 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16834 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16835 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16836 is nil, raise an error.
16838 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16839 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16840 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16841 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16842 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16843 defined by the library.
16845 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16846 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16847 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16848 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16849 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16850 proceeds.
16852 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16853 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16854 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16855 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16857 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16859 ;;;***
16861 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16862 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (18787 48916))
16863 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16865 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16866 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16867 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16869 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16871 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16872 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16873 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16874 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16876 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16877 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16878 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16879 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16880 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16881 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16882 the version.)
16884 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16885 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16887 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16888 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16890 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
16892 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16894 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16895 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16896 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16897 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16898 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16899 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16900 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16901 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16902 to constrain a big search.
16904 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16906 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16907 except that FILTER is not optional.
16909 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16911 ;;;***
16913 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18787 48916))
16914 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16916 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16917 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16918 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16919 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16920 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16921 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16922 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16923 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16925 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16926 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16927 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16928 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16929 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16931 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16932 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16933 uses the current buffer.
16935 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16937 ;;;***
16939 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (18906
16940 ;;;;;; 45083))
16941 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16943 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16944 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16946 \(fn)" t nil)
16948 ;;;***
16950 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18787
16951 ;;;;;; 48916))
16952 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16954 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16955 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16956 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16957 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16958 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16960 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16961 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16962 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16964 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16965 are indicated with a symbol.
16967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16969 ;;;***
16971 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16972 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (18787
16973 ;;;;;; 48916))
16974 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16976 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))
16978 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16980 (defvar printer-name (and (memq system-type '(emx ms-dos)) "PRN") "\
16981 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16982 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16984 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16985 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16987 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16988 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16989 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16990 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16991 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16992 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16993 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16995 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16997 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16998 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16999 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17000 switch on this list.
17001 See `lpr-command'.")
17003 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17005 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17006 Name of program for printing a file.
17008 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17009 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17010 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17011 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17012 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17013 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17014 argument.")
17016 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17018 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17019 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17020 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17021 for customization of the printer command.
17023 \(fn)" t nil)
17025 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17026 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17028 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17029 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17030 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17031 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17033 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17034 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17036 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17037 for further customization of the printer command.
17039 \(fn)" t nil)
17041 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17042 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17043 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17044 for customization of the printer command.
17046 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17048 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17049 Paginate and print the region contents.
17051 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17052 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17053 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17054 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17056 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17057 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17059 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17060 for further customization of the printer command.
17062 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17064 ;;;***
17066 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17067 ;;;;;; (18893 13105))
17068 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17070 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17071 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17072 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17074 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17076 ;;;***
17078 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (18794
17079 ;;;;;; 5654))
17080 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17082 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17083 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17084 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17085 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17087 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17089 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17091 ;;;***
17093 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18787
17094 ;;;;;; 48934))
17095 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17097 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17098 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17099 \\{m4-mode-map}
17101 \(fn)" t nil)
17103 ;;;***
17105 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17106 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
17107 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17109 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
17110 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17111 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17112 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17113 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17115 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17117 ;;;***
17119 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17120 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18787 48916))
17121 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17123 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17124 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17125 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17126 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17127 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17129 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17131 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17132 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17133 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17134 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17136 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17137 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17138 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17139 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17140 bindings.
17142 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17143 use this command, and then save the file.
17145 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17147 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17148 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17149 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17150 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17151 each time the macro executes.
17152 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17153 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17154 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17155 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17156 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17157 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17158 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17160 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17162 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17163 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17164 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17165 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17167 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17168 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17169 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17170 execute.
17172 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17173 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17175 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17176 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17177 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17178 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17179 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17181 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17182 looked like this:
17184 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17185 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17186 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17188 You could enter the names in this format:
17194 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17196 \\C-x (
17197 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17198 \\C-x )
17200 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17201 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17203 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17204 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17206 ;;;***
17208 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17209 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18787 48929))
17210 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17212 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17213 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17214 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17215 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17216 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17217 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17219 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17220 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17221 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17222 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17223 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17225 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17226 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17227 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17228 consing a string.)
17230 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17232 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17233 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17235 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17237 ;;;***
17239 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17240 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17241 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
17242 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17244 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17245 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17247 \(fn)" nil nil)
17249 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17250 Not documented
17252 \(fn)" nil nil)
17254 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17255 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17257 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17259 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17260 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17261 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17262 message.
17264 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17266 \(fn)" nil nil)
17268 ;;;***
17270 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17271 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17272 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el"
17273 ;;;;;; (18844 39826))
17274 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17276 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17277 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17278 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17279 often correct parser.")
17281 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17283 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17284 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17286 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17288 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17289 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17290 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17291 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17293 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17295 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17296 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17297 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17298 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17300 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17302 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17303 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17304 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17305 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17307 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17309 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17310 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17311 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17312 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17313 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17314 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17315 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17316 as Rmail does.
17318 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17320 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17321 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17322 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17323 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17324 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17325 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17326 matches may be returned from the message body.
17328 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17330 ;;;***
17332 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17333 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18873
17334 ;;;;;; 47506))
17335 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17337 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17338 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17339 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17340 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17341 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17342 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17344 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17346 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17347 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
17349 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17351 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17352 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17354 \(fn)" nil nil)
17356 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17357 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17358 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17360 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17362 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17363 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17364 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17366 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17367 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17368 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17369 double-quotes.
17371 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17373 ;;;***
17375 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17376 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (18876
17377 ;;;;;; 22343))
17378 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17380 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17381 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17382 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17383 king@grassland.com
17384 If `parens', they look like:
17385 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17386 If `angles', they look like:
17387 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17389 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17391 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17392 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17393 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17394 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17395 their `Resent-' variants.
17397 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17398 removed from alias expansions.
17400 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17402 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17403 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17404 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17406 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17407 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17408 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17409 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17411 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17413 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17414 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17415 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17416 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17418 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17420 ;;;***
17422 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17423 ;;;;;; (18853 19461))
17424 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17426 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17427 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17428 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17429 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17431 \(fn)" nil nil)
17433 ;;;***
17435 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17436 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17437 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (18787 48934))
17438 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17440 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17441 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17443 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17444 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17445 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17446 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17447 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17448 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17450 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17451 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17452 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17453 dependency, despite the colon.
17455 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17457 In the browser, use the following keys:
17459 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17461 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17463 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17464 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17466 `makefile-target-colon':
17467 The string that gets appended to all target names
17468 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17469 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17471 `makefile-macro-assign':
17472 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17473 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17474 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17475 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17476 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17477 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17479 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17480 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17481 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17483 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17484 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17486 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17487 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17488 up or down in the browser.
17490 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17491 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17493 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17494 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17496 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17497 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17498 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17499 has been selected in the browser.
17501 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17502 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17503 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17504 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17505 filenames are omitted.
17507 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17508 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17509 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17510 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17511 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17512 the backslash itself intact.
17513 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17514 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17516 `makefile-browser-hook':
17517 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17518 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17520 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17521 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17522 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17523 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17525 \(fn)" t nil)
17527 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17528 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17530 \(fn)" t nil)
17532 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17533 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17535 \(fn)" t nil)
17537 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17538 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17540 \(fn)" t nil)
17542 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17543 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17545 \(fn)" t nil)
17547 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17548 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17550 \(fn)" t nil)
17552 ;;;***
17554 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18787
17555 ;;;;;; 48916))
17556 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17558 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17559 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17560 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17562 \(fn)" t nil)
17564 ;;;***
17566 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (18871 14695))
17567 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17569 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17571 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17572 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17573 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17574 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17575 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17576 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17577 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17579 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17580 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17581 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17582 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17584 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17586 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17587 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17589 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17591 ;;;***
17593 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18787 48916))
17594 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17596 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17597 Toggle Master mode.
17598 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17599 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17600 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17602 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17603 following commands:
17605 \\{master-mode-map}
17607 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17608 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17609 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17611 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17613 ;;;***
17615 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17616 ;;;;;; (18787 48916))
17617 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17619 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17620 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17621 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17622 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17623 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17624 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17626 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17628 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17629 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17630 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17631 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17632 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17634 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17635 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17639 ;;;***
17641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (18863 60800))
17642 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17644 (put 'menu-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
17646 ;;;***
17648 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17649 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17650 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17651 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17652 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17653 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17654 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18844 39826))
17655 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17657 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17659 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17660 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17661 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17662 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17663 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17664 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17665 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17666 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17667 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17668 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17669 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17670 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17671 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17672 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17673 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17674 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17675 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17676 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17677 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17678 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17679 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17680 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17681 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17682 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17683 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17684 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17685 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17686 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17687 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17688 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17689 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17690 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17691 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17692 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17693 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17694 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17695 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17696 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17698 \(fn)" t nil)
17700 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17701 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17702 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17703 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17704 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17706 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17708 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17709 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17711 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17713 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17714 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17716 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17718 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17719 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17721 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17723 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17724 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17725 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17727 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17729 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17730 Cancel an article you posted.
17731 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17733 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17735 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17736 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17737 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17738 header line with the old Message-ID.
17740 \(fn)" t nil)
17742 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17743 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17745 \(fn)" t nil)
17747 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17748 Forward the current message via mail.
17749 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17750 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17752 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17754 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17755 Not documented
17757 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17759 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17760 Not documented
17762 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17764 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17765 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17767 \(fn)" t nil)
17769 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17770 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17772 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17774 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17775 Re-mail the current message.
17776 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17777 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17778 you.
17780 \(fn)" t nil)
17782 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17783 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17785 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17787 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17788 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17790 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17792 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17793 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17795 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17797 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17798 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17800 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17802 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17803 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17804 Works by overstriking characters.
17805 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17806 which specify the range to operate on.
17808 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17810 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17811 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17812 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17813 which specify the range to operate on.
17815 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17817 ;;;***
17819 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17820 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
17821 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17823 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17824 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17825 Special commands:
17826 \\{meta-mode-map}
17828 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17829 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17831 \(fn)" t nil)
17833 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17834 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17835 Special commands:
17836 \\{meta-mode-map}
17838 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17839 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17841 \(fn)" t nil)
17843 ;;;***
17845 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17846 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17847 ;;;;;; (18829 2708))
17848 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17850 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17851 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17852 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17854 \(fn)" t nil)
17856 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17857 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17858 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17859 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17860 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17861 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17862 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17864 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17866 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17867 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17868 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17869 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17870 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17871 means current).
17872 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17873 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17875 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17877 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17878 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17879 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17880 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17881 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17882 means current).
17883 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17884 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17886 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17888 ;;;***
17890 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17891 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17892 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (18813 56068))
17893 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17895 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17896 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17897 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17899 \(fn)" t nil)
17901 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17902 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17903 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17905 \(fn)" t nil)
17907 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17908 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17910 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17911 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17912 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17914 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17915 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17917 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17918 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17920 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17922 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17924 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17925 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17926 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17927 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17928 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17929 as `compose-mail'.
17931 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17932 initial Subject field, respectively.
17934 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17935 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17936 are strings.
17938 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17939 ignored.
17941 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17943 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17944 Save draft and send message.
17946 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17947 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17948 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17949 Mail Delivery*\".
17951 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17952 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17953 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17955 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17956 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17957 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17958 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17959 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17960 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17962 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17963 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17965 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17966 message and scan line.
17968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17970 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17971 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17973 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17974 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17975 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17976 delete the draft message.
17978 \(fn)" t nil)
17980 ;;;***
17982 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18815 6890))
17983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17985 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17987 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17989 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17991 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17992 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17994 \(fn)" t nil)
17996 ;;;***
17998 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17999 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (18813 56068))
18000 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18002 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18003 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18004 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18006 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18007 the MH mail system.
18009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18011 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18012 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18013 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18015 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18016 the MH mail system.
18018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18020 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18021 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18023 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18024 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18025 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18026 separate command.
18028 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18029 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18030 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18031 format.
18033 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18035 Ranges
18036 ======
18037 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18038 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18039 can be used in several ways.
18041 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18042 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18043 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18044 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18045 page):
18047 <num1>-<num2>
18048 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18049 The range must be nonempty.
18051 <num>:N
18052 <num>:+N
18053 <num>:-N
18054 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18055 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18056 last.
18058 first:N
18059 prev:N
18060 next:N
18061 last:N
18062 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18065 All of the messages.
18067 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18068 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18070 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18071 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18072 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18074 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18076 \(fn)" t nil)
18078 ;;;***
18080 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18081 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18875 4271))
18082 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18084 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18085 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18086 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18087 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18088 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18089 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18090 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18091 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18092 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18093 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18094 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18096 \(fn)" t nil)
18098 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18099 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18100 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18101 to its second argument TM.
18103 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18105 ;;;***
18107 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18108 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18787 48916))
18109 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18111 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18112 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18113 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18114 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18115 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18116 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18118 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18120 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18121 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18122 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18123 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18124 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18125 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18126 default indication.
18128 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18129 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18133 ;;;***
18135 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (18787 48917))
18136 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18138 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18139 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18140 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18141 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18142 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18143 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18144 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18145 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18146 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18148 \(fn)" t nil)
18150 ;;;***
18152 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18153 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18154 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (18787 48917))
18155 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18156 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18158 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18159 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18161 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18162 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18163 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18164 next occurrence.
18166 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18167 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18168 end of the search space).
18170 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18171 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18172 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18173 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18174 should return the previous buffer to search.
18176 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18177 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18178 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18180 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18181 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18182 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18183 Isearch starts.")
18185 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18186 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18187 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18189 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18190 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18191 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18193 \(fn)" nil nil)
18195 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18196 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18198 \(fn BUFFERS)" nil nil)
18200 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18201 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18203 \(fn BUFFERS)" nil nil)
18205 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18206 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18208 \(fn FILES)" nil nil)
18210 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18211 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18213 \(fn FILES)" nil nil)
18215 ;;;***
18217 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18218 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
18219 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18221 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18222 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18223 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18225 \(fn)" t nil)
18227 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
18229 ;;;***
18231 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18232 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18787 48926))
18233 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18235 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18236 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18238 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18240 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18241 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18242 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18243 the entire message.
18244 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18246 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18248 ;;;***
18250 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18251 ;;;;;; (18787 48926))
18252 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18254 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18255 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18256 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18257 the entire message.
18258 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18260 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18262 ;;;***
18264 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18265 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18791 16521))
18266 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18268 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18269 Insert file contents of URL.
18270 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18272 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18274 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18275 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18277 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18279 ;;;***
18281 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18282 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18787 48926))
18283 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18285 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18286 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18287 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18288 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18289 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18291 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18293 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18294 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18295 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18297 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18299 ;;;***
18301 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18302 ;;;;;; (18791 16522))
18303 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18305 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18306 Not documented
18308 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18310 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18311 Not documented
18313 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18315 ;;;***
18317 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18318 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18319 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (18787 48926))
18320 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18322 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18323 Not documented
18325 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18327 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18328 Not documented
18330 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18332 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18333 Not documented
18335 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18337 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18338 Not documented
18340 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18342 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18343 Not documented
18345 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18347 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18348 Not documented
18350 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18352 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18353 Not documented
18355 \(fn)" nil nil)
18357 ;;;***
18359 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18360 ;;;;;; (18430 59248))
18361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18363 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
18364 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18365 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18366 followed by the first character of the construct.
18367 \\<m2-mode-map>
18368 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18369 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18370 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18371 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18372 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18373 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18374 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18375 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18376 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18377 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18378 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18379 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18380 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18381 \\[m2-link] link
18383 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18384 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18385 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18387 \(fn)" t nil)
18389 ;;;***
18391 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18392 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
18393 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18395 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18396 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18398 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18400 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18401 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18403 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18405 ;;;***
18407 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18408 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (18787 48917))
18409 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18411 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18412 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18414 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18415 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18416 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18418 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18419 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
18420 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18422 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18423 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18425 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18426 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18427 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18428 hemisphere you're in.)
18430 To test this function, evaluate:
18431 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18433 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18435 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18436 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18438 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18439 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18441 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18442 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18443 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18445 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18446 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18448 To test this function, evaluate:
18449 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18451 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18453 ;;;***
18455 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18787
18456 ;;;;;; 48917))
18457 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18459 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18460 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18461 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18462 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18463 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18464 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18466 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18468 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18469 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18470 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18471 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18473 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18475 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18477 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18479 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18480 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18481 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18482 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18483 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18484 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18486 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18487 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18488 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18489 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18490 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18492 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18493 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18495 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18496 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18498 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18500 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18501 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18502 primary selection and region.
18504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18506 ;;;***
18508 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (18791 16529))
18509 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18511 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18512 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18514 \(fn)" t nil)
18516 ;;;***
18518 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18787 48917))
18519 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18521 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18522 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18523 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18524 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18525 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18526 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18528 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18530 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18531 Toggle Msb mode.
18532 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18533 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18534 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18538 ;;;***
18540 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18541 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18542 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18543 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18544 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18545 ;;;;;; (18947 41945))
18546 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18548 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18549 Display a list of all character sets.
18551 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18552 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18553 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18554 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18556 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18557 but still shows the full information.
18559 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18561 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18562 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18563 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18565 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18566 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18567 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18568 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18569 meanings of these arguments.
18571 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18573 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18574 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18576 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18578 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18579 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18581 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18583 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18584 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18586 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18588 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18589 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18591 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18592 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18593 in place of `..':
18594 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18595 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18596 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18597 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18598 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18599 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18600 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18601 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18602 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18603 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18604 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18605 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18606 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18607 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18608 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18609 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18611 \(fn)" t nil)
18613 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18614 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18616 \(fn)" t nil)
18618 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18619 Display a list of all coding systems.
18620 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18622 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18623 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18625 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18627 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18628 Display a list of all coding categories.
18630 \(fn)" nil nil)
18632 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18633 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18634 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18636 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18638 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18639 Display information about FONTSET.
18640 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18642 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18644 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18645 Display a list of all fontsets.
18646 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18647 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18648 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18650 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18652 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18653 Display information about all input methods.
18655 \(fn)" t nil)
18657 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18658 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18660 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18661 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18662 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18663 system which uses fontsets).
18665 \(fn)" t nil)
18667 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18668 Show log of font listing and opening.
18669 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18670 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18672 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18674 ;;;***
18676 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18677 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18678 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18679 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18680 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18681 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18787 48928))
18682 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18684 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18685 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18686 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18688 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18690 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18692 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18693 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18695 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18696 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18698 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18699 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18701 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18703 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18704 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18705 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18706 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18707 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18708 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18709 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18711 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18712 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18713 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18714 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18715 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18716 middle of a character in STR.
18718 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18719 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18721 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18722 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18723 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18724 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18725 defaults to \"...\".
18727 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18729 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18730 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18732 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18733 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18734 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18736 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18737 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18738 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18740 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18741 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18742 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18743 are considered.
18744 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18745 longer than KEYSEQ.
18746 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18748 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18750 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18751 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18752 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18753 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18754 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18755 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18756 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18757 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18758 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18759 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18760 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18762 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18764 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18765 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18767 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18769 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18770 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18772 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18774 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18775 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18777 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18779 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18780 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18782 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18784 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18785 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18786 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-priority'.
18787 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
18788 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18790 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18792 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18793 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18794 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18795 coding systems ordered by priority.
18797 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18799 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18800 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18801 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18802 language environment LANG-ENV.
18804 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18806 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18807 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18808 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18809 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18810 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18811 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18813 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18815 ;;;***
18817 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18818 ;;;;;; (18787 48917))
18819 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18821 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18822 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18823 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18824 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18825 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18826 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18828 (custom-autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" nil)
18830 (autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" "\
18831 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18832 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18833 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18837 (autoload 'mwheel-install "mwheel" "\
18838 Enable mouse wheel support.
18840 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18842 ;;;***
18844 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18845 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18846 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat iwconfig ifconfig
18847 ;;;;;; ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (18787 48930))
18848 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18850 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18851 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18853 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18855 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18856 Ping HOST.
18857 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18858 `ping-program-options'.
18860 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18862 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18863 Run ifconfig program.
18865 \(fn)" t nil)
18867 (defalias 'ipconfig 'ifconfig)
18869 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18870 Run iwconfig program.
18872 \(fn)" t nil)
18874 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18875 Run netstat program.
18877 \(fn)" t nil)
18879 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18880 Run arp program.
18882 \(fn)" t nil)
18884 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18885 Run route program.
18887 \(fn)" t nil)
18889 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18890 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18892 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18894 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18895 Run nslookup program.
18897 \(fn)" t nil)
18899 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18900 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18902 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18904 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18905 Run dig program.
18907 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18909 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18910 Run ftp program.
18912 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18914 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18915 Finger USER on HOST.
18917 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18919 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18920 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18921 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18922 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18924 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18926 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18927 Not documented
18929 \(fn)" t nil)
18931 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18932 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18934 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18936 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18937 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18939 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18941 ;;;***
18943 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18944 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18945 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18946 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18947 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18948 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (18787 48917))
18949 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18951 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18953 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18955 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18957 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18959 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18960 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18961 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18962 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18963 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18964 Major modes should set this variable.")
18966 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18967 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18968 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18969 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18970 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18971 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18973 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18974 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18976 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18977 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18978 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18980 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18981 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18982 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18983 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18984 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18986 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18987 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18988 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18990 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18991 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18992 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18993 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18995 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18996 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18997 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18998 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18999 column indentation or nil.
19000 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19002 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19003 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19004 The function has no args.
19006 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19007 comments always start in column zero.")
19009 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
19010 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19011 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19013 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
19015 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19016 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19017 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19018 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19020 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19021 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19023 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
19025 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19026 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19027 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19028 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19029 customize this variable.
19031 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19032 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19034 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
19036 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
19037 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19038 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19039 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19040 the variables are properly set.
19042 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19044 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
19045 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19047 \(fn)" nil nil)
19049 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19050 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19051 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19053 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19055 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19056 Set the comment column based on point.
19057 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19058 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19059 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19060 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19062 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19064 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19065 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
19066 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19068 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19070 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19071 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19072 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19073 comment markers.
19075 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19077 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19078 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19079 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19080 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19081 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19082 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19083 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19084 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19086 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19087 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19089 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19091 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19092 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19093 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19094 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19096 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19098 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19099 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19100 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19101 is passed on to the respective function.
19103 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19105 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19106 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19107 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19108 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19109 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19110 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
19111 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
19112 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19113 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19114 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19116 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19118 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19119 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19120 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19122 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19124 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19125 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19126 This indents the body of the continued comment
19127 under the previous comment line.
19129 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19130 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19131 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19133 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19134 or comment indentation.
19136 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19137 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19139 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19141 ;;;***
19143 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19144 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (18810 5074))
19145 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19147 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19148 Check whether newsticker is running.
19149 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19150 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19152 \(fn)" nil nil)
19154 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19155 Start the newsticker.
19156 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19157 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19158 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19159 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19161 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19163 ;;;***
19165 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19166 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
19167 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19169 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19170 Start newsticker plainview.
19172 \(fn)" t nil)
19174 ;;;***
19176 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19177 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
19178 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19180 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19181 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19183 \(fn)" t nil)
19185 ;;;***
19187 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19188 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (18787 48930))
19189 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19191 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19192 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19193 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19194 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19195 empty.
19197 \(fn)" nil nil)
19199 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19200 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19201 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19202 running already.
19204 \(fn)" t nil)
19206 ;;;***
19208 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19209 ;;;;;; (18918 21796))
19210 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19212 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19213 Start newsticker treeview.
19215 \(fn)" t nil)
19217 ;;;***
19219 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19220 ;;;;;; (18787 48926))
19221 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19223 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19224 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19226 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19228 ;;;***
19230 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18787
19231 ;;;;;; 48926))
19232 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19234 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19235 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19236 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19237 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19238 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19239 symbol in the alist.
19241 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19243 ;;;***
19245 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19246 ;;;;;; (18797 59603))
19247 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19249 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19250 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19251 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19253 \(fn)" t nil)
19255 ;;;***
19257 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19258 ;;;;;; (18787 48927))
19259 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19261 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
19262 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19263 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19265 \(fn)" t nil)
19267 ;;;***
19269 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19270 ;;;;;; (18787 48927))
19271 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19273 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19274 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19276 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19278 ;;;***
19280 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19281 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18787 48927))
19282 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19284 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
19285 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19287 \(fn)" t nil)
19289 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
19290 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19292 \(fn)" t nil)
19294 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
19295 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19297 \(fn)" t nil)
19299 ;;;***
19301 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19302 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18787 48917))
19303 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19305 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19306 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19307 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19309 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19311 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19312 Not documented
19314 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19316 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19317 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19318 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19319 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19320 to future sessions.
19322 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19324 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19325 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19326 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19327 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19328 to future sessions.
19330 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19332 ;;;***
19334 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19335 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
19336 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19338 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19339 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19340 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19341 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19342 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19343 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19345 \(fn)" t nil)
19347 ;;;***
19349 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19350 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
19351 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19353 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19354 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19355 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19356 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19358 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19360 ;;;***
19362 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (18787
19363 ;;;;;; 48931))
19364 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19366 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19367 Major mode for editing XML.
19369 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19370 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19371 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19372 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19373 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19374 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19375 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19377 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19379 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19380 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19382 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19383 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19384 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19385 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19386 instead of C-c.
19388 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19389 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19390 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19391 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19392 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19393 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19395 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19396 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19397 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19399 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19400 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19401 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19403 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19404 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19405 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19406 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19407 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19408 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19409 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19410 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19411 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19413 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19415 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19416 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19418 \(fn)" t nil)
19420 ;;;***
19422 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19423 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (18787 48931))
19424 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19426 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19427 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19428 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19429 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19431 \(fn)" t nil)
19433 ;;;***
19435 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19436 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
19437 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19439 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19440 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19441 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19443 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19445 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19446 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19448 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19449 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19450 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19454 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19456 ;;;***
19458 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19459 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
19460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19462 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19463 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19465 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19466 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19467 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
19468 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19470 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19471 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19472 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19473 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19474 is why you need this mode!).
19476 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19477 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19478 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19480 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19482 Keybindings
19483 ===========
19485 \\{octave-mode-map}
19487 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19488 ==============================================
19490 `octave-auto-indent'
19491 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19492 Default is nil.
19494 `octave-auto-newline'
19495 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19496 Default is nil.
19498 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19499 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19500 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19502 `octave-block-offset'
19503 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19504 Default is 2.
19506 `octave-continuation-offset'
19507 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19508 Default is 4.
19510 `octave-continuation-string'
19511 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19512 Default is a backslash.
19514 `octave-send-echo-input'
19515 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19516 command to the inferior Octave process.
19518 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19519 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19520 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19522 `octave-send-echo-input'
19523 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19525 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19527 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19528 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19530 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19532 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19533 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19535 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19536 (lambda ()
19537 (abbrev-mode 1)
19538 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19540 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19541 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19542 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19543 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19545 \(fn)" t nil)
19547 ;;;***
19549 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-require-autoloaded-modules org-cycle-agenda-files
19550 ;;;;;; org-ido-switchb org-iswitchb org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string
19551 ;;;;;; org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global org-store-link
19552 ;;;;;; org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19553 ;;;;;; orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org"
19554 ;;;;;; "org/org.el" (18846 51310))
19555 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19557 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19558 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19559 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19561 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19562 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19563 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19564 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19565 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19566 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19567 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19568 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19569 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19570 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19572 The following commands are available:
19574 \\{org-mode-map}
19576 \(fn)" t nil)
19578 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19579 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19581 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19582 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19583 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19584 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19585 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19586 When called with two C-u C-u prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19587 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19588 properties in the buffer.
19589 When called with three C-u C-u C-u prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19590 including drawers.
19592 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19593 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19594 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19595 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19596 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19597 and zoom in further.
19598 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19600 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19601 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19602 is negative, go up that many levels.
19604 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19605 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19606 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19608 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19609 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19610 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19614 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19615 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19616 With C-u prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19617 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19621 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19622 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
19623 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
19624 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
19625 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
19626 of Org-mode).
19628 M-up Move entry/item up
19629 M-down Move entry/item down
19630 M-left Promote
19631 M-right Demote
19632 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19633 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19634 M-S-left Promote subtree
19635 M-S-right Demote subtree
19636 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19637 C-c ^ Sort entries
19638 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19639 TAB Cycle item visibility
19640 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19641 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19642 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19644 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19646 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19647 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19649 \(fn)" nil nil)
19651 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19652 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode', and force org-mode indentations.
19653 In addition to setting orgstruct-mode, this also exports all indentation and
19654 autofilling variables from org-mode into the buffer. Note that turning
19655 off orgstruct-mode will *not* remove these additional settings.
19657 \(fn)" nil nil)
19659 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19660 Not documented
19662 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19664 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19665 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19666 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19667 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19669 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19670 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19671 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19673 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19675 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19676 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19677 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19679 \(fn)" t nil)
19681 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19682 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19683 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19684 Org-mode syntax.
19686 \(fn)" t nil)
19688 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19689 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19691 \(fn S &optional ARG)" t nil)
19693 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19694 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19696 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19697 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19698 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19699 returned as a list.
19701 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19702 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19703 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19704 visited by the iteration.
19706 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19708 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19709 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19710 file The current buffer, without restriction
19711 file-with-archives
19712 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19713 agenda All agenda files
19714 agenda-with-archives
19715 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19716 \(file1 file2 ...)
19717 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19719 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19720 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19722 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19723 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19724 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19725 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19726 the the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19727 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19728 function leaves it.
19730 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19732 (autoload 'org-iswitchb "org" "\
19733 Use `iswitchb-read-buffer' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
19734 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19735 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19737 Due to some yet unresolved reason, the global function
19738 `iswitchb-mode' needs to be active for this function to work.
19740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19742 (autoload 'org-ido-switchb "org" "\
19743 Use `org-ido-completing-read' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
19744 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19745 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19749 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19750 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19751 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19752 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19754 \(fn)" t nil)
19756 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
19757 Not documented
19759 \(fn)" t nil)
19761 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19762 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19764 \(fn)" t nil)
19766 ;;;***
19768 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
19769 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19770 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19771 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19772 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (18825 40644))
19773 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19775 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19776 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19777 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19778 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19780 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19781 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19782 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19783 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19784 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19785 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19786 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19787 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19788 e Export views to associated files.
19790 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19791 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19792 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19794 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19795 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19796 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19797 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19798 \(if active).
19800 \(fn ARG &optional KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19802 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19803 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19804 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19805 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19806 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19807 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19808 before running the agenda command.
19810 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19812 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19813 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19814 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19815 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19816 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19817 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19818 before running the agenda command.
19820 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19821 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19823 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19825 category The category of the item
19826 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19827 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19828 todo selected in TODO match
19829 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19830 diary imported from diary
19831 deadline a deadline on given date
19832 scheduled scheduled on given date
19833 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19834 closed entry was closed on given date
19835 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19836 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19837 block entry has date block including g. date
19838 todo The todo keyword, if any
19839 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19840 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19841 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19842 extra Sting with extra planning info
19843 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19844 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19845 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19847 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19849 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19850 Not documented
19852 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19854 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19855 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19857 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19859 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19860 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19861 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19862 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19864 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19865 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19866 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19867 agenda instead.
19869 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19870 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
19871 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19873 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19874 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19876 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19878 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19879 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
19880 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
19881 search only the headlines.
19883 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19884 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19885 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19886 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19887 EDIT-AT.
19889 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
19890 The individual words are then interpreted as a boolean expression with
19891 logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must not occur in the entry.
19892 Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry.
19893 Matching is case-insensitive and the words are enclosed by word delimiters.
19895 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
19896 that must or must not match in the entry.
19898 If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19899 If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19900 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19901 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19903 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19904 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19906 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19908 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19909 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19910 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19911 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19912 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19913 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19915 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19917 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19918 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19919 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19921 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19923 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19924 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19925 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19926 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19927 `org-stuck-projects'.
19928 MATCH is being ignored.
19930 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19932 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19933 Return diary information from org-files.
19934 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19935 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19936 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19937 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19939 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19940 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19941 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19943 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
19945 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19946 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19947 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19948 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19950 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19951 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19952 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19954 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19955 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19956 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19957 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19959 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19961 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19963 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19964 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19966 &%%(org-diary)
19968 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19969 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19970 So the example above may also be written as
19972 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19974 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19975 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19976 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19978 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19980 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19981 Do we have a reason to ignore this todo entry because it has a time stamp?
19983 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19985 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19986 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19987 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19989 \(fn)" t nil)
19991 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19992 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19993 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19994 appointments.
19996 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19997 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19999 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20000 for filtering entries out.
20002 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20003 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20005 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20006 (category \"Work\"))
20008 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20009 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20011 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
20013 ;;;***
20015 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (18825
20016 ;;;;;; 40644))
20017 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
20019 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
20020 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
20021 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
20023 \(fn)" t nil)
20025 ;;;***
20027 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
20028 ;;;;;; (18875 4272))
20029 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
20031 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
20032 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
20034 \(fn)" nil nil)
20036 ;;;***
20038 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
20039 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (18825 40644))
20040 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
20042 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
20043 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
20044 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
20045 fontified, and then returned.
20047 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
20049 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
20050 Set up hooks for clock persistence
20052 \(fn)" nil nil)
20054 ;;;***
20056 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files
20057 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-this-file
20058 ;;;;;; org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html org-export-region-as-html
20059 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer org-export-as-html-batch
20060 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-and-open org-insert-export-options-template
20061 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export-as-ascii org-export) "org-exp"
20062 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp.el" (18829 2709))
20063 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20065 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20067 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20069 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20071 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20072 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20073 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20074 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20075 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20077 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20078 ARG is a double universal prefix `C-u C-u', that means to inverse the
20079 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20081 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20083 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-exp" "\
20084 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
20085 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20086 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20087 underlined headlines. The default is 3.
20089 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20091 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20092 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20093 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20094 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also select the export command in
20095 the `C-c C-e' export dispatcher.
20096 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20097 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20098 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20099 command.
20101 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20103 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20104 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20106 \(fn)" t nil)
20108 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-exp" "\
20109 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20110 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20111 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20112 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20114 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20116 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-exp" "\
20117 Call `org-export-as-html', may be used in batch processing as
20118 emacs --batch
20119 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20120 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20121 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20123 \(fn)" nil nil)
20125 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-exp" "\
20126 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20127 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20129 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20131 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-exp" "\
20132 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20133 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20134 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20135 command to convert it.
20137 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20139 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-exp" "\
20140 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20141 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20142 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20143 cut-and-paste operations.
20144 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20145 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20146 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20147 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20149 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20151 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20152 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20154 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20156 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-exp" "\
20157 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20158 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20159 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20160 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20161 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the HTML buffer.
20162 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20163 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20164 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20165 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20166 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20167 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20168 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20169 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20170 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20172 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20174 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-exp" "\
20175 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20176 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20177 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20178 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20179 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20180 need into your CSS file.
20182 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20183 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20184 that uses these same face definitions.
20186 \(fn)" t nil)
20188 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-exp" "\
20189 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20190 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20191 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20193 \(fn)" t nil)
20195 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-exp" "\
20196 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20197 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20198 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20200 \(fn)" t nil)
20202 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-exp" "\
20203 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20204 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20206 \(fn)" t nil)
20208 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-exp" "\
20209 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
20210 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
20212 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20214 ;;;***
20216 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
20217 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20218 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-export-latex" "org/org-export-latex.el"
20219 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20220 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-export-latex.el
20222 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-export-latex" "\
20223 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
20224 For example:
20226 emacs --batch
20227 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20228 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20229 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20231 \(fn)" nil nil)
20233 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-export-latex" "\
20234 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20235 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20237 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20239 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20240 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20241 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20242 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20243 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20244 then use this command to convert it.
20246 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20248 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20249 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20250 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20251 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20252 cut-and-paste operations.
20253 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20254 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20255 produced LaTeX as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20256 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20258 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20260 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20261 in a window. A non-interactive call will only retunr the buffer.
20263 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20265 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20266 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20267 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20268 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20269 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20270 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20271 convert them as description lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't
20272 display the LaTeX buffer. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20273 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20274 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20275 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20276 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20277 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20278 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20279 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
20280 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
20281 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20283 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20285 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-export-latex" "\
20286 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
20288 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20290 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-export-latex" "\
20291 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
20293 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20295 ;;;***
20297 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
20298 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (18836 39031))
20299 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
20301 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
20302 Do the right thing for footnotes.
20303 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
20304 jump to the refernces. When neither at definition or reference,
20305 create a new footnote, interactively.
20306 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
20308 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
20310 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
20311 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
20312 This find the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
20313 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
20314 Org-mode exporters.
20315 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
20316 referenced sequence.
20318 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
20320 ;;;***
20322 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-find-id-file org-id-find org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling
20323 ;;;;;; org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion org-id-get org-id-copy
20324 ;;;;;; org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el" (18825 40644))
20325 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
20327 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
20328 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
20329 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
20330 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
20332 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20334 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
20335 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
20336 Create an ID if necessary.
20338 \(fn)" t nil)
20340 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20341 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20342 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20343 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20344 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20345 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20346 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20348 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20350 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20351 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20352 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20353 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20354 eligible.
20355 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20357 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20359 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20360 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20361 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20362 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20364 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20366 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20367 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20368 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
20370 \(fn ID)" t nil)
20372 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
20373 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
20374 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
20375 if there is no entry with that ID.
20376 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
20378 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
20380 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
20381 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
20383 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
20385 ;;;***
20387 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20388 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20389 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20391 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20392 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20394 \(fn)" nil nil)
20396 ;;;***
20398 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
20399 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20400 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
20402 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
20403 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
20404 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
20405 line directly before or after the table.
20407 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
20409 ;;;***
20411 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
20412 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
20413 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20414 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
20416 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
20418 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20419 Publish PROJECT.
20421 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20423 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20424 Publish all projects.
20425 With prefix argument, force publish all files.
20427 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20429 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20430 Publish the current file.
20431 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20433 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20435 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20436 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20437 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
20438 the project.
20440 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20442 ;;;***
20444 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
20445 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
20446 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (18846 51310))
20447 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
20449 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
20450 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
20452 \(fn)" nil nil)
20454 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
20455 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
20456 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
20457 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
20458 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
20460 \(fn)" nil nil)
20462 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
20463 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
20464 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
20465 to be run from that hook to function properly.
20467 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
20469 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
20470 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
20471 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
20472 of the remember buffer.
20474 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
20475 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
20476 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
20477 note stored by remember.
20479 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
20480 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
20482 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
20484 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
20485 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
20486 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
20487 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
20488 `org-remember-default-headline'.
20490 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
20491 is 1 (so you must use `C-1 C-c C-c' to exit remember), an interactive
20492 process is used to select the target location.
20494 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-0 C-c C-c'),
20495 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
20497 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-2 C-c C-c'),
20498 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
20499 currently running.
20501 When `C-u' has been used as prefix argument, the note is stored and emacs
20502 moves point to the new location of the note, so that editing can be
20503 continued there (similar to inserting \"%&\" into the template).
20505 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
20506 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
20507 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
20508 some additional data.
20510 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
20511 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
20512 \(i.e. after the stars).
20514 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
20516 \(fn)" nil nil)
20518 ;;;***
20520 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
20521 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (18825 40644))
20522 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
20524 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
20525 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
20527 \(fn)" nil nil)
20529 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
20530 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
20532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20534 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
20535 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
20536 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
20537 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
20538 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
20540 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
20542 ;;;***
20544 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
20545 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
20546 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20547 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
20549 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
20550 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
20551 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
20552 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
20553 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
20554 without user interaction.
20555 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
20556 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
20557 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
20558 the region 0:00:00.
20560 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
20562 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
20563 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
20564 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
20565 a `C-u' prefix, force restarting the timer.
20566 When used with a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', change all the timer string
20567 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
20568 that was not started at the correct moment.
20570 \(fn &optional RESTART)" t nil)
20572 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
20573 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
20575 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
20577 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
20578 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
20580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20582 ;;;***
20584 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20585 ;;;;;; (18918 28195))
20586 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20587 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20589 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20590 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20591 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20592 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20594 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20595 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20596 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20597 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20599 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20600 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20601 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20602 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20603 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20604 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20606 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20607 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20608 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20610 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20611 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20612 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20613 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20614 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20615 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20616 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20617 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20618 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20619 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20620 The subheadings remain visible.
20621 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20623 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20624 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20625 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20627 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20628 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20630 \(fn)" t nil)
20632 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20633 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20634 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20635 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20639 ;;;***
20641 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18885 457))
20642 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20644 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20645 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20646 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20647 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20648 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20649 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20651 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20653 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20654 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20655 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20656 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20658 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20659 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20663 ;;;***
20665 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20666 ;;;;;; (18787 48920))
20667 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20669 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20670 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20671 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20672 unknown are returned as nil.
20674 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20676 ;;;***
20678 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (18791
20679 ;;;;;; 16532))
20680 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20682 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20683 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20684 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20686 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20687 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20689 Other useful functions are:
20691 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20692 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20693 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20694 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20695 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20696 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20697 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20698 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20699 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20701 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20703 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20704 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20705 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20706 Indentation for case statements.
20707 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20708 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20709 mark after an end.
20710 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20711 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20712 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20713 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20714 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20715 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20716 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20717 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20718 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20719 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20721 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20722 pascal-separator-keywords.
20724 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20725 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20727 \(fn)" t nil)
20729 ;;;***
20731 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20732 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
20733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20735 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20736 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20737 The keys affected are:
20738 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20739 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20740 M-Backspace does undo.
20741 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20742 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20743 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20745 \(fn)" t nil)
20747 ;;;***
20749 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20750 ;;;;;; (18807 64495))
20751 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20753 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20754 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20755 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20756 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20757 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20758 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20760 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20762 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20763 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20765 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20767 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20768 which modify the status of the mark.
20770 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20771 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20773 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20774 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20776 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20777 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20778 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20779 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20780 turning PC Selection mode on.
20782 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20783 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20785 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20786 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20787 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20789 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20790 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20791 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20793 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20794 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20796 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20797 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20798 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20800 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20801 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20802 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20804 F6 other-window
20805 DELETE delete-char
20806 C-DELETE kill-line
20807 M-DELETE kill-word
20808 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20809 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20810 M-BACKSPACE undo
20812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20814 ;;;***
20816 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18787
20817 ;;;;;; 48917))
20818 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20820 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20821 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20823 \(fn)" nil nil)
20825 ;;;***
20827 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20828 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18787 48917))
20829 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20831 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20832 Completion for `gzip'.
20834 \(fn)" nil nil)
20836 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20837 Completion for `bzip2'.
20839 \(fn)" nil nil)
20841 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20842 Completion for GNU `make'.
20844 \(fn)" nil nil)
20846 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20847 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20849 \(fn)" nil nil)
20851 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20853 ;;;***
20855 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20856 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18787 48917))
20857 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20859 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20860 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20862 \(fn)" nil nil)
20864 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20865 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20867 \(fn)" nil nil)
20869 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20870 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20872 \(fn)" nil nil)
20874 ;;;***
20876 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (18817
20877 ;;;;;; 44748))
20878 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20880 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20881 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20882 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20883 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20884 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20885 You can use \\[report-emacs-bug] to do so.
20887 \(fn)" nil nil)
20889 ;;;***
20891 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20892 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20893 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18787 48917))
20894 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20896 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20897 Completion for `cd'.
20899 \(fn)" nil nil)
20901 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20903 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20904 Completion for `rmdir'.
20906 \(fn)" nil nil)
20908 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20909 Completion for `rm'.
20911 \(fn)" nil nil)
20913 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20914 Completion for `xargs'.
20916 \(fn)" nil nil)
20918 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20920 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20921 Completion for `which'.
20923 \(fn)" nil nil)
20925 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20926 Completion for the `chown' command.
20928 \(fn)" nil nil)
20930 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20931 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20933 \(fn)" nil nil)
20935 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20936 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20938 \(fn)" nil nil)
20940 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20941 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20942 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20944 \(fn)" nil nil)
20946 ;;;***
20948 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20949 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20950 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (18787
20951 ;;;;;; 48917))
20952 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20954 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20955 Support extensible programmable completion.
20956 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20957 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20959 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20961 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20962 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20964 \(fn)" t nil)
20966 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20967 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20968 This will modify the current buffer.
20970 \(fn)" t nil)
20972 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20973 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20975 \(fn)" t nil)
20977 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20978 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20979 This will modify the current buffer.
20981 \(fn)" t nil)
20983 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20984 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20986 \(fn)" t nil)
20988 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20989 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20991 \(fn)" t nil)
20993 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20994 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20995 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20996 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20997 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20999 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21001 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21002 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
21004 \(fn)" nil nil)
21006 ;;;***
21008 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
21009 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
21010 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18817 44748))
21011 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
21013 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21014 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21015 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21016 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21018 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21020 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21022 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21023 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21024 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21025 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21026 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21027 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21028 FLAGS is ignored.
21030 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21032 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21033 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21034 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21035 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21036 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21037 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21038 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21039 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21041 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21043 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21044 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21045 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21046 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21047 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21048 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21049 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21050 passed to cvs.
21052 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21054 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21055 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21056 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21057 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21058 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21059 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21060 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21062 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21064 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21065 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21066 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21068 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21070 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21071 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21072 A value of nil means never do it.
21073 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21074 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21075 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21077 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21079 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21080 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21081 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21083 ;;;***
21085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18787 48917))
21086 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
21088 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] '(menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea")) (define-key m [checkout] '(menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository")) (define-key m [update] '(menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository")) (define-key m [examine] '(menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea")) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
21090 ;;;***
21092 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
21093 ;;;;;; (18815 49095))
21094 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21095 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21096 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21097 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21098 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21099 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21100 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21102 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21103 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21104 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21105 Tab indents for Perl code.
21106 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21107 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21108 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21109 \\{perl-mode-map}
21110 Variables controlling indentation style:
21111 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21112 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21113 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21114 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21115 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21116 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21117 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21118 `perl-nochange'
21119 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21120 `perl-indent-level'
21121 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21122 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21123 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21124 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21125 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21126 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21127 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21128 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21129 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21130 `perl-brace-offset'
21131 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21132 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21133 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21134 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21135 `perl-label-offset'
21136 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21137 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21138 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21140 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21141 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21142 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21143 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21144 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21145 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21146 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21148 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21150 \(fn)" t nil)
21152 ;;;***
21154 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
21155 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
21156 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
21157 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (18787 48917))
21158 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
21160 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
21161 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
21163 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21165 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21166 passphrase cache or user.
21168 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21170 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
21171 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
21173 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21174 cache or user.
21176 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21178 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
21179 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
21181 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21182 the region.
21184 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21185 passphrase cache or user.
21187 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21189 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
21190 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
21192 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21194 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21195 the region.
21197 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21198 passphrase cache or user.
21200 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21202 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
21203 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
21205 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21206 passphrase cache or user.
21208 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21210 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
21211 Decrypt the current buffer.
21213 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
21214 the region.
21216 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21217 passphrase cache or user.
21219 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21221 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
21222 Make the signature from text between START and END.
21224 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
21225 a detached signature.
21227 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21228 and the output is displayed.
21230 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21231 passphrase cache or user.
21233 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21235 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
21236 Sign the current buffer.
21238 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
21239 detached signature.
21241 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
21242 within the region.
21244 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21245 and the output is displayed.
21247 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21248 passphrase cache or user.
21250 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21252 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
21253 Verify the current region between START and END.
21254 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21255 the detached signature of the current region.
21257 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21258 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21260 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
21262 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
21263 Verify the current buffer.
21264 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21265 the detached signature of the current region.
21266 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21267 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21268 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
21269 within the region.
21271 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
21273 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
21274 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
21276 \(fn)" t nil)
21278 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
21279 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
21281 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21283 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
21284 Import public keys in the current buffer.
21286 \(fn)" t nil)
21288 ;;;***
21290 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
21291 ;;;;;; (18787 48917))
21292 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
21294 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
21295 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
21297 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
21299 ;;;***
21301 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21302 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
21303 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21305 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21306 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21307 \\<picture-mode-map>
21308 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21309 afterwards settable by these commands:
21311 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21312 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21313 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21314 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21316 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21317 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21318 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21319 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21321 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21322 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21323 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21324 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21326 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21327 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21328 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21329 with these commands:
21331 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21332 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21333 Move to column following last
21334 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21335 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21336 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21337 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21338 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21339 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21341 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21343 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21344 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21345 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21346 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21347 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21348 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21350 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21351 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21352 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
21353 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21354 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21355 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21356 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21358 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21359 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21360 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21361 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21362 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21363 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21364 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21365 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
21367 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21368 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21369 by supplying an argument.
21371 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21373 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21374 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
21376 \(fn)" t nil)
21378 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21380 ;;;***
21382 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
21383 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
21384 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21386 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21387 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21388 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21390 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21392 ;;;***
21394 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (18787 48933))
21395 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21397 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21398 Play pong and waste time.
21399 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21400 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21402 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21404 \\{pong-mode-map}
21406 \(fn)" t nil)
21408 ;;;***
21410 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
21411 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
21412 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
21413 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21415 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21416 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21417 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21418 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21420 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21422 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21423 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21425 \(fn)" nil nil)
21427 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21428 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21429 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21430 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21431 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21433 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21435 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21436 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21437 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21439 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21441 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21442 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21444 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21446 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21447 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21448 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21449 Ignores leading comment characters.
21451 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21453 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21454 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21455 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21456 Ignores leading comment characters.
21458 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21460 ;;;***
21462 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21463 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21464 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21465 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21466 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21467 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21468 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21469 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21470 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21471 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21472 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21473 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21474 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21475 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21476 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21477 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21478 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21479 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21480 ;;;;;; (18787 48917))
21481 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21483 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21484 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21486 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21488 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21490 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21492 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21493 Preview directory using ghostview.
21495 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21496 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21497 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21498 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21500 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21501 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21502 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21503 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21504 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21505 file name.
21507 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21509 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21511 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21512 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21514 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21515 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21516 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21517 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21519 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21520 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21521 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21522 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21523 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21524 file name.
21526 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21528 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21530 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21531 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21533 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21534 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21535 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21536 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21538 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21539 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21540 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21541 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21542 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21543 file name.
21545 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21547 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21549 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21550 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21552 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21554 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21555 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21556 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21557 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21559 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21560 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21561 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21562 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21563 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21564 file name.
21566 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21568 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21570 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21571 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21573 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21574 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21575 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21577 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21578 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21579 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21580 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21582 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21584 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21585 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21587 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21588 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21589 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21591 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21592 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21593 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21594 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21596 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21598 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21599 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21601 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21602 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21603 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21605 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21606 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21607 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21608 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21610 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21612 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21613 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21615 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21617 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21618 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21619 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21621 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21622 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21623 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21624 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21626 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21628 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21629 Preview region using ghostview.
21631 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21633 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21635 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21636 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21638 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21640 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21642 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21643 Print region using PostScript printer.
21645 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21647 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21649 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21650 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21652 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21654 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21656 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21657 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21659 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21661 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21663 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21664 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21666 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21668 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21670 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21671 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21673 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21675 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21677 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21678 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21680 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21682 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21684 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21685 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21686 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21687 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21689 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21690 matching.
21692 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21693 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21695 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21697 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21699 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21700 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21701 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21702 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21704 \(fn)" t nil)
21706 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21707 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21708 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21709 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21711 \(fn)" t nil)
21713 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21714 Print directory using text printer.
21716 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21717 matching.
21719 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21720 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21722 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21724 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21726 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21727 Print buffer using text printer.
21729 \(fn)" t nil)
21731 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21732 Print region using text printer.
21734 \(fn)" t nil)
21736 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21737 Print major mode using text printer.
21739 \(fn)" t nil)
21741 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21742 Preview spooled PostScript.
21744 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21745 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21746 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21748 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21749 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21750 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21752 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21754 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21755 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21757 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21758 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21759 instead of sending it to the printer.
21761 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21762 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21763 image in a file with that name.
21765 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21767 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21768 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21770 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21771 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21772 instead of sending it to the printer.
21774 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21775 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21776 image in a file with that name.
21778 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21780 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21781 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21783 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21784 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21785 instead of sending it to the printer.
21787 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21788 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21789 image in a file with that name.
21791 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21793 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21794 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21796 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21798 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21799 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21801 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21803 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21804 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21806 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21808 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21809 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21811 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21813 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21814 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21816 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21818 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21819 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21821 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21822 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21823 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21824 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21826 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21827 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21828 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21829 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21830 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21831 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21832 file name.
21834 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21836 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21837 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21839 \(fn)" t nil)
21841 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21842 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21844 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21845 right.
21846 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21847 bottom.
21849 \(fn)" t nil)
21851 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21852 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21854 \(fn)" t nil)
21856 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21857 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21859 \(fn)" t nil)
21861 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21862 Toggle printing with faces.
21864 \(fn)" t nil)
21866 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21867 Toggle spooling.
21869 \(fn)" t nil)
21871 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21872 Toggle duplex.
21874 \(fn)" t nil)
21876 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21877 Toggle tumble.
21879 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21880 right.
21881 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21882 bottom.
21884 \(fn)" t nil)
21886 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21887 Toggle landscape.
21889 \(fn)" t nil)
21891 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21892 Toggle upside-down.
21894 \(fn)" t nil)
21896 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21897 Toggle line number.
21899 \(fn)" t nil)
21901 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21902 Toggle zebra stripes.
21904 \(fn)" t nil)
21906 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21907 Toggle printing header.
21909 \(fn)" t nil)
21911 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21912 Toggle printing header frame.
21914 \(fn)" t nil)
21916 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21917 Toggle menu lock.
21919 \(fn)" t nil)
21921 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21922 Toggle auto region.
21924 \(fn)" t nil)
21926 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21927 Toggle auto mode.
21929 \(fn)" t nil)
21931 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21932 Customization of the `printing' group.
21934 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21936 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21937 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21939 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21941 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21942 Help for the printing package.
21944 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21946 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21947 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21949 \(fn)" t nil)
21951 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21952 Interactively select a text printer.
21954 \(fn)" t nil)
21956 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21957 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21959 \(fn)" t nil)
21961 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21962 Show current ps-print settings.
21964 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21966 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21967 Show current printing settings.
21969 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21971 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21972 Show current lpr settings.
21974 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21976 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21977 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21979 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21980 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21981 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21982 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21985 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21987 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21988 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21989 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21991 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21992 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21993 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21994 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21995 current active printer.
21997 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21998 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21999 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22000 printer.
22002 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22003 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
22004 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22005 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22006 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22009 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22010 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22012 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22014 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22015 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
22016 be done using the new current active printer.
22018 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22019 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22020 printer.
22022 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22023 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22024 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22025 instead of sending it to the printer.
22027 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22028 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22029 printer.
22031 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22034 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22035 are both set to t.
22037 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22039 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22040 Fast fire function for text printing.
22042 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22043 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22044 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22045 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22047 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22048 user for a new active text printer.
22050 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22052 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22054 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22055 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22056 printer.
22058 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22060 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22061 are both set to t.
22063 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22065 ;;;***
22067 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (18926 29403))
22068 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22070 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22071 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22072 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
22073 information will be displayed but not selected.
22074 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22076 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
22078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22080 ;;;***
22082 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
22083 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
22084 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22086 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22087 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
22088 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
22089 Commands:
22090 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22091 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
22092 if that value is non-nil.
22094 \(fn)" t nil)
22096 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
22098 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
22099 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22100 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
22102 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22104 ;;;***
22106 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18794
22107 ;;;;;; 5653))
22108 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22110 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22111 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22112 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22114 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22116 ;;;***
22118 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18830
22119 ;;;;;; 712))
22120 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22122 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22123 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22125 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22127 The following variables hold user options, and can
22128 be set through the `customize' command:
22130 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
22131 `ps-mode-tab'
22132 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22133 `ps-mode-print-function'
22134 `ps-run-prompt'
22135 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22136 `ps-run-x'
22137 `ps-run-dumb'
22138 `ps-run-init'
22139 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22140 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22142 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22145 \\{ps-mode-map}
22148 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22149 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22150 The keymap for this second window is:
22152 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22155 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22156 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22157 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22158 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22159 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22161 \(fn)" t nil)
22163 ;;;***
22165 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
22166 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
22167 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
22168 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
22169 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
22170 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18853
22171 ;;;;;; 19460))
22172 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22174 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk")) "\
22175 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22176 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22178 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22180 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22181 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22182 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22183 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22185 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22187 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22188 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22190 Valid values are:
22192 nil Do not print colors.
22194 t Print colors.
22196 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22197 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22199 Any other value is treated as t.")
22201 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22203 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22204 Customization of ps-print group.
22206 \(fn)" t nil)
22208 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22209 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22211 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22212 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22213 sending it to the printer.
22215 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22216 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22217 image in a file with that name.
22219 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22221 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22222 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22223 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22224 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22225 so it has a way to determine color values.
22227 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22229 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22230 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22231 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22233 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22235 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22236 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22237 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22238 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22239 so it has a way to determine color values.
22241 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22243 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22244 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22245 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22246 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22248 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22250 \(fn)" t nil)
22252 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22253 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22254 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22255 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22256 so it has a way to determine color values.
22258 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22260 \(fn)" t nil)
22262 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22263 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22264 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22266 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22268 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22270 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22271 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22272 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22273 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22274 so it has a way to determine color values.
22276 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22278 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22280 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22281 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22283 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22284 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22285 instead of sending it to the printer.
22287 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22288 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22289 image in a file with that name.
22291 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22293 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22294 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22295 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22296 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22297 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22299 \(fn)" t nil)
22301 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22302 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22303 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22305 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22307 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22308 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22309 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22311 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22313 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22314 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22316 \(fn)" nil nil)
22318 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22319 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22321 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22322 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22324 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22325 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22327 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22329 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22331 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22333 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22334 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22336 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22337 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22339 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22340 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22342 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22344 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22346 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22348 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22349 foreground and background colors respectively.
22351 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22352 bold - use bold font.
22353 italic - use italic font.
22354 underline - put a line under text.
22355 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22356 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22357 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22358 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22359 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22361 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22363 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22365 ;;;***
22367 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
22368 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (18848 909))
22369 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22371 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("jython" . jython-mode))
22373 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("python" . python-mode))
22375 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.py\\'" . python-mode))
22377 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22378 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
22379 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
22380 buffer automatically.
22382 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
22383 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
22384 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
22385 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
22386 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
22387 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
22388 documentation for `python-buffer'.
22390 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
22391 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
22392 buffer for a list of commands.)
22394 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22396 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22397 Major mode for editing Python files.
22398 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
22399 for correct parsing of the source.
22400 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22401 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22402 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22404 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22405 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22406 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22407 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22408 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22409 \\<python-mode-map>
22410 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22411 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22412 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22413 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22414 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22415 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22417 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22418 effect outside them.
22420 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22421 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22422 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22423 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22424 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22425 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22426 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22427 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22428 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22430 \\{python-mode-map}
22432 \(fn)" t nil)
22434 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
22435 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22436 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22437 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22439 \(fn)" t nil)
22441 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
22442 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
22443 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
22444 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
22445 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
22446 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
22448 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
22449 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
22450 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
22451 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
22452 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
22453 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
22454 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
22456 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
22457 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
22458 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
22459 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
22460 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
22462 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
22463 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
22464 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
22465 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
22466 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
22467 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
22468 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
22469 mode.
22471 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
22472 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
22473 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
22474 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
22475 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
22476 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
22477 filter.
22479 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
22481 ;;;***
22483 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22484 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
22485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22487 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22488 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22489 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22490 coding-system.
22492 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22493 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22495 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22496 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22497 them into characters should be done separately.
22499 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22501 ;;;***
22503 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22504 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22505 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22506 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22507 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (18935 28927))
22508 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22510 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22511 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22513 \(fn)" nil nil)
22515 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22516 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22517 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22519 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22520 `quail-activate', which see.
22522 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22524 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22525 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22526 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22527 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22528 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22529 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22530 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22532 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22533 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22534 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22535 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22536 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22537 shown.
22538 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22540 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22541 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22542 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22543 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22544 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22545 list of candidates.
22547 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22548 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22549 command to be called.
22551 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22552 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22553 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22554 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22556 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22557 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22558 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22559 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22560 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22561 to t.
22563 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22564 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22565 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22566 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22568 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22569 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22570 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22571 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22573 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22574 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22575 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22576 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22577 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22578 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22580 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22581 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22582 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22583 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22584 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22585 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22587 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22588 covers Quail translation region.
22590 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22591 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22592 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22593 for it) is inserted.
22595 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22596 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22597 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22599 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22600 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22601 non-Quail commands.
22603 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22605 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22606 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22608 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22609 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22610 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22611 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22612 you type is correctly handled.
22614 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22616 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22617 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22619 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22620 keyboard type.
22622 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22624 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22625 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22626 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22627 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22628 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22629 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22630 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22631 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22632 for the translation.
22633 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22635 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22636 it is used to handle KEY.
22638 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22639 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22640 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22641 the following annotation types are supported.
22643 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22644 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22646 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22647 candidate list.
22649 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22650 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22651 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22652 inserted.
22654 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22655 generated for the following translations.
22657 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22659 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22660 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22662 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22663 which to install MAP.
22665 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22667 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22669 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22670 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22672 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22673 which to install MAP.
22675 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22677 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22679 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22680 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22681 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22682 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22683 a function, or a cons.
22684 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22685 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22686 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22687 for the translation.
22688 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22689 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22690 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22691 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22692 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22694 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22695 it is used to handle KEY.
22697 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22698 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22699 current Quail package.
22701 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22702 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22704 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22706 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22707 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22709 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22710 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22712 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22714 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22715 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22717 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22719 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22720 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22721 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22722 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22723 of the Emacs source tree.
22725 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22726 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22728 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22729 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22730 of each directory.
22732 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22734 ;;;***
22736 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22737 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22738 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (18787
22739 ;;;;;; 48930))
22740 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22742 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22743 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22744 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22745 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22747 To make use of this do something like:
22749 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22751 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22753 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22754 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22756 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22757 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22758 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22760 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22762 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22763 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22765 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22767 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22768 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22770 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22771 is decided.
22773 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22775 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22776 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22778 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22779 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22780 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22782 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22784 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22785 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22787 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22789 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22790 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22792 \(fn)" t nil)
22794 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22795 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22797 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22799 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22801 \(fn)" t nil)
22803 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22804 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22806 \(fn)" t nil)
22808 ;;;***
22810 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22811 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18921 19471))
22812 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22814 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22815 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22817 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22819 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22821 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22823 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22825 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22826 Not documented
22828 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22830 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22831 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22832 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22833 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22834 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22835 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22837 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22839 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22840 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22844 ;;;***
22846 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18787
22847 ;;;;;; 48931))
22848 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22850 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22851 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22852 See \\[compile].
22854 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22856 ;;;***
22858 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22859 ;;;;;; (18791 16517))
22860 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22862 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22864 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22865 Construct a regexp interactively.
22867 \(fn)" t nil)
22869 ;;;***
22871 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (18787 48917))
22872 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22874 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22875 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22876 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22877 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22878 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22879 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22881 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22883 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22884 Toggle recentf mode.
22885 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22886 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22888 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22889 that were operated on recently.
22891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22893 ;;;***
22895 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22896 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22897 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22898 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18787
22899 ;;;;;; 48917))
22900 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22901 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22902 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22903 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22904 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22905 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22906 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22908 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22909 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22910 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22911 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22913 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22915 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22917 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22918 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22919 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22920 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22921 ends.
22923 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22924 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22925 to be deleted.
22927 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22929 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22930 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22931 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22933 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22934 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22935 deleted.
22937 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22939 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22940 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22941 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22943 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22945 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22946 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22948 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22949 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22951 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22952 deleted.
22954 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22955 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22956 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22957 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22958 even beep.)
22960 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22962 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22963 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22965 \(fn)" t nil)
22967 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22968 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22969 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22970 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22971 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22972 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22973 and point is at the lower right corner.
22975 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22977 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22978 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22980 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22981 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22983 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22984 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22985 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22987 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22989 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22991 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22992 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22993 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22994 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22995 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22997 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22998 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23000 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23002 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23003 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23004 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23006 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23008 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23010 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23012 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23013 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23015 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23016 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23017 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23019 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23021 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23022 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23023 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23025 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23026 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23027 rectangle which were empty.
23029 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23031 ;;;***
23033 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18787
23034 ;;;;;; 48936))
23035 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23037 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23038 Toggle Refill minor mode.
23039 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23041 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
23042 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
23043 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
23045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23047 ;;;***
23049 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23050 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (18787 48936))
23051 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23053 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23054 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23056 \(fn)" nil nil)
23058 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23059 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23061 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23062 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23064 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23065 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23066 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23067 \\ref macro.
23069 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23070 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23071 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23073 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23074 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23075 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23077 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23078 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23080 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23081 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23083 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23084 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23085 on the menu bar.
23087 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23091 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23092 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23093 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23095 \(fn)" nil nil)
23097 ;;;***
23099 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23100 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23101 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23103 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23104 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23105 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23106 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23107 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23108 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23110 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23112 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23114 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23115 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23116 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23117 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23118 `reftex-cite-format'.
23120 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23121 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23122 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
23123 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
23125 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
23127 ;;;***
23129 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
23130 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23131 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
23133 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
23134 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
23135 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23136 the current TeX document.
23138 With no argument, this command toggles
23139 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23140 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23144 ;;;***
23146 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
23147 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23148 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
23150 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
23151 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
23152 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
23154 To insert new phrases, use
23155 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
23156 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
23158 To index phrases use one of:
23160 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
23161 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
23162 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
23163 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
23164 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
23166 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
23167 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
23169 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
23171 Here are all local bindings.
23173 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
23175 \(fn)" t nil)
23177 ;;;***
23179 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
23180 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23181 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
23183 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
23184 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
23185 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
23186 of master file.
23188 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
23190 ;;;***
23192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18787
23193 ;;;;;; 48936))
23194 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23195 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23196 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23197 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23198 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23200 ;;;***
23202 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
23203 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
23204 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23206 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23207 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23208 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23209 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23210 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23211 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23213 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23214 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23216 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23217 by \\=\\< and \\>.
23219 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23221 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23222 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23223 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23224 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23226 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23228 ;;;***
23230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "register" "register.el" (18961 38375))
23231 ;;; Generated autoloads from register.el
23232 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "\C-@" 'point-to-register)
23233 (define-key ctl-x-r-map [?\C-\ ] 'point-to-register)
23234 (define-key ctl-x-r-map " " 'point-to-register)
23235 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "j" 'jump-to-register)
23236 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "s" 'copy-to-register)
23237 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "x" 'copy-to-register)
23238 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "i" 'insert-register)
23239 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "g" 'insert-register)
23240 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "r" 'copy-rectangle-to-register)
23241 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "n" 'number-to-register)
23242 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "+" 'increment-register)
23243 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "w" 'window-configuration-to-register)
23244 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "f" 'frame-configuration-to-register)
23246 ;;;***
23248 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
23249 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
23250 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23251 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23253 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23254 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23255 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23256 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23258 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23260 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23262 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23263 Call `remember' in another frame.
23265 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23267 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23268 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23269 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
23270 application.
23272 \(fn)" t nil)
23274 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23275 Extract diary entries from the region.
23277 \(fn)" nil nil)
23279 ;;;***
23281 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18791 16512))
23282 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23284 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23285 Repeat most recently executed command.
23286 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
23287 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
23288 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
23290 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23291 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23292 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23293 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23295 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23296 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23297 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23299 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23301 ;;;***
23303 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
23304 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
23305 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23307 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23308 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23310 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23311 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23312 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23313 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23314 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23315 and point is left after the salutation.
23317 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23318 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23319 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23320 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23321 left after that text.
23323 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23324 is non-nil.
23326 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23327 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23328 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23329 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23331 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23333 ;;;***
23335 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
23336 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
23337 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23339 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23340 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23341 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23342 visibility of comments that precede it.
23343 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23344 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23345 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23346 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23347 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23348 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23349 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23350 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23351 the comment lines.
23352 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23353 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23354 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23355 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23356 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23360 ;;;***
23362 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
23363 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
23364 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23366 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23367 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
23368 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23370 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23371 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23372 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23376 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23377 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23378 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23379 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23380 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23381 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23383 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23385 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23386 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
23387 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23389 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23390 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23391 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23395 ;;;***
23397 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
23398 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
23399 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23401 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23402 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23404 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23406 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23407 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23409 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23411 ;;;***
23413 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18787 48931))
23414 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23415 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
23417 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23418 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23419 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23420 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23422 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23424 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23425 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23426 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23427 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23429 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23430 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23432 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23433 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23435 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23436 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23437 INPUT-ARGS.
23439 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23440 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23441 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23442 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23443 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23445 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23446 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23447 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23448 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23450 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23451 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23452 variable.
23454 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23456 ;;;***
23458 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23459 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
23460 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
23461 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
23462 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail"
23463 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail.el" (18961 36795))
23464 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23466 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23467 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23468 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23470 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23472 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23473 A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
23474 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
23475 a value which excludes your own email address, plus whatever is
23476 specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.
23478 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
23479 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
23481 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
23483 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
23484 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23485 This is used when the user does not set `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'
23486 explicitly. (The other part of the default value is the user's
23487 email address and name.) It is useful to set this variable in
23488 the site customization file. The default value is conventionally
23489 used for large mailing lists to broadcast announcements.")
23491 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
23492 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23493 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23494 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23495 which normally happens once for each message,
23496 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23497 To make a change in this variable take effect
23498 for a message that you have already viewed,
23499 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23501 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23503 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23504 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23505 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23506 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23508 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23510 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:" "\
23511 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23513 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23515 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
23516 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23517 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23519 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23521 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23522 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23523 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23524 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23525 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23526 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23528 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23530 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
23531 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23533 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23535 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
23536 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23538 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23540 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23541 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23543 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23544 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23546 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23548 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23549 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23551 This is set to nil by default.")
23553 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23554 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23555 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23556 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23557 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23558 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23559 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23561 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23562 Read and edit incoming mail.
23563 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23564 file in RMAIL Mode.
23565 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23567 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23568 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23569 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23570 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23572 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23574 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23576 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23577 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23578 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23579 Instead, these commands are available:
23581 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23582 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23583 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23584 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23585 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23586 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23587 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23588 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23589 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23590 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23591 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23592 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23593 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23594 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23595 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23596 till a deleted message is found.
23597 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23598 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23599 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23600 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23601 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23602 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23603 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23604 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23605 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23606 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23607 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23608 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23609 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23610 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23611 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23612 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23613 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23614 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23615 (label defaults to last one specified).
23616 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23617 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23618 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23619 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23620 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23621 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23622 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23623 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23624 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23626 \(fn)" t nil)
23628 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23629 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23631 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23633 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23634 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23636 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23638 ;;;***
23640 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
23641 ;;;;;; (18961 36795))
23642 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
23644 (autoload 'rmail-edit-current-message "rmailedit" "\
23645 Edit the contents of this message.
23647 \(fn)" t nil)
23649 ;;;***
23651 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
23652 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
23653 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (18910 23702))
23654 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
23656 (autoload 'rmail-add-label "rmailkwd" "\
23657 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23658 Completes (see `rmail-read-label') over known labels when reading.
23659 LABEL may be a symbol or string. Only one label is allowed.
23661 \(fn LABEL)" t nil)
23663 (autoload 'rmail-kill-label "rmailkwd" "\
23664 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23665 Completes (see `rmail-read-label') over known labels when reading.
23666 LABEL may be a symbol or string. Only one label is allowed.
23668 \(fn LABEL)" t nil)
23670 (autoload 'rmail-read-label "rmailkwd" "\
23671 Read a label with completion, prompting with PROMPT.
23672 Completions are chosen from `rmail-label-obarray'. The default
23673 is `rmail-last-label', if that is non-nil. Updates `rmail-last-label'
23674 according to the choice made, and returns a symbol.
23676 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23678 (autoload 'rmail-previous-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23679 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23680 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23681 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23682 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23684 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23686 (autoload 'rmail-next-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23687 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23688 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23689 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23690 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23692 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23694 ;;;***
23696 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-mime) "rmailmm" "mail/rmailmm.el" (18865
23697 ;;;;;; 61687))
23698 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmm.el
23700 (autoload 'rmail-mime "rmailmm" "\
23701 Process the current Rmail message as a MIME message.
23702 This creates a temporary \"*RMAIL*\" buffer holding a decoded
23703 copy of the message. Content-types are handled according to
23704 `rmail-mime-media-type-handlers-alist'. By default, this
23705 displays text and multipart messages, and offers to download
23706 attachments as specfied by `rmail-mime-attachment-dirs-alist'.
23708 \(fn)" t nil)
23710 ;;;***
23712 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23713 ;;;;;; (18844 39826))
23714 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23716 (autoload 'set-rmail-inbox-list "rmailmsc" "\
23717 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23718 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23719 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23721 This applies only to the current session.
23723 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23725 ;;;***
23727 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23728 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (18910 23702))
23729 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23731 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23732 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23733 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23734 case it writes Babyl.
23736 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23737 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23738 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23739 `rmail-default-file'.
23741 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23742 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23743 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23745 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23746 the header display is currently pruned.
23748 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23749 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23750 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23751 messages after output.
23753 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23754 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23755 message (if writing a file directly).
23757 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23758 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23760 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23762 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23763 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23764 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23765 i) the header is output as currently seen
23766 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23767 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23769 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23770 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23771 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23773 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23775 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23776 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23777 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23778 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23779 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23780 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23781 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23783 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23784 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23785 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23787 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23789 ;;;***
23791 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23792 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23793 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (18863
23794 ;;;;;; 60809))
23795 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23797 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-date "rmailsort" "\
23798 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by \"Date\" header.
23799 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23801 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23803 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-subject "rmailsort" "\
23804 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by \"Subject\" header.
23805 Ignores any \"Re: \" prefix. If prefix argument REVERSE is
23806 non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23808 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23810 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-author "rmailsort" "\
23811 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by author.
23812 This uses either the \"From\" or \"Sender\" header, downcased.
23813 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23815 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23817 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-recipient "rmailsort" "\
23818 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by recipient.
23819 This uses either the \"To\" or \"Apparently-To\" header, downcased.
23820 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23822 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23824 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-correspondent "rmailsort" "\
23825 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by other correspondent.
23826 This uses either the \"From\", \"Sender\", \"To\", or
23827 \"Apparently-To\" header, downcased. Uses the first header not
23828 excluded by `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'. If prefix argument
23829 REVERSE is non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23831 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23833 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-lines "rmailsort" "\
23834 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by the number of lines.
23835 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23837 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23839 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-labels "rmailsort" "\
23840 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by labels.
23841 LABELS is a comma-separated list of labels. The order of these
23842 labels specifies the order of messages: messages with the first
23843 label come first, messages with the second label come second, and
23844 so on. Messages that have none of these labels come last.
23845 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23847 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23849 ;;;***
23851 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-by-senders
23852 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp rmail-summary-by-recipients
23853 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
23854 ;;;;;; (18903 29194))
23855 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23857 (autoload 'rmail-summary "rmailsum" "\
23858 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23860 \(fn)" t nil)
23862 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-labels "rmailsum" "\
23863 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23864 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23866 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23868 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-recipients "rmailsum" "\
23869 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23870 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23871 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23872 only look in the To and From fields.
23873 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23875 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23877 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-regexp "rmailsum" "\
23878 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23879 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23880 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23881 Emacs will list the message in the summary.
23883 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23885 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-topic "rmailsum" "\
23886 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23887 Normally checks just the Subject field of headers; but with prefix
23888 argument WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil, looks in the whole message.
23889 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23891 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23893 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-senders "rmailsum" "\
23894 Display a summary of all messages whose \"From\" field matches SENDERS.
23895 SENDERS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23897 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23899 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23900 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23901 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23902 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23903 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23904 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23905 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23907 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23908 sent by you under different user names.
23909 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23911 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23913 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmailsum" t)
23915 ;;;***
23917 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23918 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
23919 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23921 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23922 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23923 Return a pattern.
23925 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23927 ;;;***
23929 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23930 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
23931 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23933 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23934 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23935 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23936 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23938 \(fn)" t nil)
23940 ;;;***
23942 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23943 ;;;;;; (18787 48932))
23944 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23946 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23947 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23949 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23950 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23951 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23952 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23953 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23954 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23955 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23956 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23957 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23958 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23960 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23961 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23962 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23963 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23964 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23965 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23966 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23967 to use for finding the schema.
23969 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23971 ;;;***
23973 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (18787
23974 ;;;;;; 48932))
23975 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23977 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23979 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23980 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23981 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23982 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23983 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23984 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23985 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23986 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23987 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23988 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23989 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23990 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23991 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23992 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23993 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23994 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23995 must be equal.
23997 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23999 ;;;***
24001 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
24002 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (18821 3056))
24003 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
24005 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
24006 Define a robin package.
24008 NAME is the string of this robin package.
24009 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
24010 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
24011 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
24013 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
24014 one replaces the old one.
24016 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
24018 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
24019 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
24021 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
24022 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
24023 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
24025 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
24027 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
24028 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
24030 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
24032 ;;;***
24034 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
24035 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18787 48918))
24036 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
24038 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
24039 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
24041 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
24043 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
24044 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
24046 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24048 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
24049 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
24051 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24053 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
24054 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
24055 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
24057 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
24058 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
24059 in ROT13.
24061 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
24063 \(fn)" t nil)
24065 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
24066 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
24068 \(fn)" t nil)
24070 ;;;***
24072 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
24073 ;;;;;; (18846 2118))
24074 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
24075 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode))
24077 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
24078 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
24079 \\<rst-mode-map>
24080 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
24081 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
24082 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
24083 decorations within the region (see full details below).
24084 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
24086 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
24087 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
24088 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
24089 font-locking of blocks.
24091 \\{rst-mode-map}
24093 \(fn)" t nil)
24095 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24096 ReST Minor Mode.
24097 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24098 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
24099 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
24100 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
24102 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24103 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
24104 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24108 ;;;***
24110 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
24111 ;;;;;; (18804 45209))
24112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
24114 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
24115 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
24116 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
24117 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
24118 nesting into account.
24120 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
24122 \\{ruby-mode-map}
24124 \(fn)" t nil)
24126 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.rb\\'" . ruby-mode))
24128 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons name 'ruby-mode)))
24130 ;;;***
24132 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18787
24133 ;;;;;; 48918))
24134 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24136 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24137 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
24139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24141 ;;;***
24143 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18787
24144 ;;;;;; 48922))
24145 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24147 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24148 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24149 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24150 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24152 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24154 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24155 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24156 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24158 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
24159 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
24160 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24162 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24163 notation.
24165 STRING
24166 matches string STRING literally.
24168 CHAR
24169 matches character CHAR literally.
24171 `not-newline', `nonl'
24172 matches any character except a newline.
24174 `anything'
24175 matches any character
24177 `(any SET ...)'
24178 `(in SET ...)'
24179 `(char SET ...)'
24180 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24181 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24182 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24184 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24185 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24186 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24187 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24189 `(not (any SET ...))'
24190 matches any character not in SET ...
24192 `line-start', `bol'
24193 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24194 in the text being matched
24196 `line-end', `eol'
24197 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24199 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24200 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24201 string being matched against.
24203 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24204 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24205 string being matched against.
24207 `buffer-start'
24208 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24209 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24211 `buffer-end'
24212 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24213 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24215 `point'
24216 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24218 `word-start', `bow'
24219 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24221 `word-end', `eow'
24222 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24224 `word-boundary'
24225 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24226 word.
24228 `(not word-boundary)'
24229 `not-word-boundary'
24230 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24231 word.
24233 `symbol-start'
24234 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24236 `symbol-end'
24237 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24239 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24240 matches 0 through 9.
24242 `control', `cntrl'
24243 matches ASCII control characters.
24245 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24246 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24248 `blank'
24249 matches space and tab only.
24251 `graphic', `graph'
24252 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24253 space, and DEL.
24255 `printing', `print'
24256 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24257 and DEL.
24259 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24260 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24261 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24263 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24264 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24265 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24267 `ascii'
24268 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24270 `nonascii'
24271 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24273 `lower', `lower-case'
24274 matches anything lower-case.
24276 `upper', `upper-case'
24277 matches anything upper-case.
24279 `punctuation', `punct'
24280 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24281 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24283 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24284 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24286 `word', `wordchar'
24287 matches anything that has word syntax.
24289 `not-wordchar'
24290 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24292 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
24293 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24294 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24295 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24297 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24298 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24299 `word' (\\sw)
24300 `symbol' (\\s_)
24301 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24302 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24303 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24304 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24305 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24306 `escape' (\\s\\)
24307 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24308 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24309 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24310 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24311 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24313 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24314 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24316 `(category CATEGORY)'
24317 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24318 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24320 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24321 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24322 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24323 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24324 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
24325 `symbol' (\\c5)
24326 `digit' (\\c6)
24327 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24328 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24329 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24330 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24331 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24332 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24333 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24334 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24335 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24336 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24337 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24338 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24339 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24340 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24341 `ascii' (\\ca)
24342 `arabic' (\\cb)
24343 `chinese' (\\cc)
24344 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
24345 `greek' (\\cg)
24346 `korean' (\\ch)
24347 `indian' (\\ci)
24348 `japanese' (\\cj)
24349 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24350 `latin' (\\cl)
24351 `lao' (\\co)
24352 `tibetan' (\\cq)
24353 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24354 `thai' (\\ct)
24355 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24356 `hebrew' (\\cw)
24357 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
24358 `can-break' (\\c|)
24360 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24361 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24363 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24364 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24365 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24366 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24367 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24369 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24370 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24371 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24372 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24374 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24375 another name for `submatch'.
24377 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24378 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24379 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24380 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24381 regular expression.
24383 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24384 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24385 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24386 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24387 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24389 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24390 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24392 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24393 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24395 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24396 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
24397 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24399 `(* SEXP ...)'
24400 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24401 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24403 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24404 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24405 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24407 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24408 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24409 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24411 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24412 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24414 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24415 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24417 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24418 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24419 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24420 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24422 `(? SEXP ...)'
24423 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24425 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24426 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24428 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24429 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24430 matches N occurrences.
24432 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24433 matches N or more occurrences.
24435 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24436 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24437 matches N to M occurrences.
24439 `(backref N)'
24440 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24442 `(eval FORM)'
24443 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24444 `regexp-quote' it.
24446 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24447 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24449 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24451 ;;;***
24453 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
24454 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
24455 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24457 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24458 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
24459 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
24460 interface.")
24462 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24464 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24465 Toggle savehist-mode.
24466 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
24467 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
24468 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
24469 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
24471 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24472 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
24473 which is probably undesirable.
24475 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24477 ;;;***
24479 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24480 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
24481 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24483 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24484 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24485 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24487 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24488 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24489 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24490 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24491 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24492 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24493 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24494 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24496 Commands:
24497 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24498 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24499 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24500 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24501 if that value is non-nil.
24503 \(fn)" t nil)
24505 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24506 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24507 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24509 Commands:
24510 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24511 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24512 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24513 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24514 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24515 that variable's value is a string.
24517 \(fn)" t nil)
24519 ;;;***
24521 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24522 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
24523 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24525 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24526 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24527 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24529 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24531 \(fn)" t nil)
24533 ;;;***
24535 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24536 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
24537 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24539 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24540 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24541 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24542 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24543 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24544 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24546 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24548 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24549 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
24550 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24551 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
24552 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24556 ;;;***
24558 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24559 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
24560 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24562 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24563 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24564 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24565 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24566 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24567 during scrolling.
24569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24571 ;;;***
24573 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24574 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
24575 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24576 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24577 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24578 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24579 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24580 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24581 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (18910 23702))
24582 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24584 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
24585 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24587 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24588 king@grassland.com
24589 If `parens', they look like:
24590 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24591 If `angles', they look like:
24592 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24593 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
24594 derived from the envelope-from address.
24596 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
24597 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
24598 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
24599 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
24601 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24603 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24604 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24605 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24606 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24608 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24609 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24610 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24611 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24613 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24615 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24616 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24617 This is done when the message is initialized,
24618 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24620 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24622 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24623 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24624 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24626 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24628 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
24630 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
24631 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24632 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24633 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24634 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24635 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24636 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24638 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24640 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
24641 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24643 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24645 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24646 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24647 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24648 be a Babyl file.")
24650 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24652 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24653 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24654 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24655 when you first send mail.")
24657 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24659 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24660 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24661 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24662 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24663 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24665 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24667 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
24668 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24669 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24670 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24671 This file need not actually exist.")
24673 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24675 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24676 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
24677 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
24679 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24681 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24682 Alist of mail address aliases,
24683 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24684 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24685 can specify a different file name.)
24686 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24687 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24689 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
24690 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24691 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24693 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24695 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24696 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24697 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24699 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24701 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24702 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24703 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24704 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24705 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24706 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24707 in the cited portion of the message.
24709 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24710 instead of no action.")
24712 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24714 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
24715 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24716 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24717 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24718 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24720 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24722 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
24723 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24724 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24725 If a string, that string is inserted.
24726 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24727 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24728 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24729 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24731 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24733 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
24734 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24736 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24738 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
24739 Directory for mail buffers.
24740 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
24741 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
24743 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24745 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24746 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24747 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24748 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24750 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24752 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24753 If non-nil, try to show Rmail summary buffer after returning from mail.
24754 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24755 the Rmail summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24756 is non-nil.")
24758 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24760 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24761 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24762 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24763 `query' means ask the user each time.
24764 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24765 The default is `mime'.
24766 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24767 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24769 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24771 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24772 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24773 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24775 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24776 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24778 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24779 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24780 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24781 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24782 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24783 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24784 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24785 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24786 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24787 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24788 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24789 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24790 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24792 \(fn)" t nil)
24794 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24795 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24796 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24797 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24799 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24801 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24802 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24803 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24804 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24805 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24806 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24808 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24809 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24810 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24812 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24813 User should not set this variable manually,
24814 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24815 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24816 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24817 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24819 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24820 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24821 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24822 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24824 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24825 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24827 \\<mail-mode-map>
24828 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24830 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24831 to move to message header fields:
24832 \\{mail-mode-map}
24834 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24835 when the message is initialized.
24837 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24838 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24840 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24841 is inserted.
24843 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24844 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24846 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24847 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24848 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24849 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24850 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24851 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24852 buffer without erasing the contents.
24854 The second through fifth arguments,
24855 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24856 the initial contents of those header fields.
24857 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24858 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24859 original message being replied to, or else an action
24860 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24861 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24862 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24863 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24864 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24865 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24867 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24869 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24870 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24872 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24874 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24875 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24877 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24879 ;;;***
24881 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24882 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (18871
24883 ;;;;;; 14577))
24884 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24886 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24887 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24888 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24889 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24890 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24891 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24893 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24894 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24896 If a server is already running, the server is not started.
24897 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24898 \\[server-start].
24900 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24902 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24903 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24904 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24905 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24907 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24909 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24910 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24911 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24912 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24913 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24914 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24916 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24918 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24919 Toggle Server mode.
24920 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24921 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24922 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24924 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24926 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24927 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24928 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24930 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24931 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24933 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24935 ;;;***
24937 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (18787 48918))
24938 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24940 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24941 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24942 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24944 Key definitions:
24945 \\{ses-mode-map}
24946 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24947 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24948 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24949 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24951 \(fn)" t nil)
24953 ;;;***
24955 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24956 ;;;;;; (18791 16534))
24957 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24959 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24960 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24961 Makes > match <.
24962 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24963 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24965 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24966 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24967 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24969 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24970 in your `.emacs' file.
24972 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24974 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24975 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24976 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24978 \(fn)" t nil)
24980 (defalias 'xml-mode 'sgml-mode)
24982 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24983 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24984 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24985 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24986 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24987 which this is based.
24989 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24991 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24992 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24993 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24994 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24996 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24997 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24998 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
25000 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
25001 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
25002 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
25003 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
25005 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
25006 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
25007 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
25008 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
25010 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
25012 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
25013 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
25014 To work around that, do:
25015 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
25017 \\{html-mode-map}
25019 \(fn)" t nil)
25021 ;;;***
25023 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
25024 ;;;;;; (18846 2118))
25025 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
25026 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
25028 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
25029 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
25030 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
25031 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
25032 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
25033 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
25035 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
25036 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
25037 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
25038 shell-specific features.
25040 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
25041 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
25042 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25043 \\<sh-mode-map>
25044 \\[sh-case] case statement
25045 \\[sh-for] for loop
25046 \\[sh-function] function definition
25047 \\[sh-if] if statement
25048 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
25049 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
25050 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
25051 \\[sh-select] select loop
25052 \\[sh-until] until loop
25053 \\[sh-while] while loop
25055 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25056 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25057 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25058 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
25059 would indent to the way it currently is.
25060 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
25061 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25064 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25065 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25066 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
25067 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
25068 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25069 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25071 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
25072 {, (, [, ', \", `
25073 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
25075 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25076 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25077 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25079 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25080 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25082 \(fn)" t nil)
25084 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
25086 ;;;***
25088 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (18787 48918))
25089 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
25091 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
25092 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
25093 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
25094 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
25095 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
25096 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
25098 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
25100 ;;;***
25102 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25103 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
25104 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25106 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25107 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25109 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25110 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25111 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25112 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25113 the earlier.
25115 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25117 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25119 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25120 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25121 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25123 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25124 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25126 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25127 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25128 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25129 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25130 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25131 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25132 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25133 Emacs version).
25135 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25136 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25137 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25138 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25139 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25141 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
25142 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
25143 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
25145 \(fn)" t nil)
25147 ;;;***
25149 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25150 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (18787
25151 ;;;;;; 48918))
25152 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25154 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25155 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25156 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25157 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25158 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25159 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25160 sites in the cluster.
25162 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25164 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25165 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25166 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25167 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25168 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25170 \(fn)" t nil)
25172 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25173 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25174 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25175 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25176 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25177 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25178 `shadow-define-cluster').
25180 \(fn)" t nil)
25182 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25183 Set up file shadowing.
25185 \(fn)" t nil)
25187 ;;;***
25189 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25190 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
25191 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25193 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
25194 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25195 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25196 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25197 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25198 arguments.")
25200 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25202 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25203 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25204 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25205 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25206 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25208 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25209 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25210 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25211 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25212 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25213 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25214 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25215 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25216 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25217 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25218 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25220 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25221 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25222 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25223 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25224 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25225 `default-process-coding-system'.
25227 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25228 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25229 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25230 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25232 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25234 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25235 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
25237 ;;;***
25239 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25240 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18787 48928))
25241 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25243 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25244 Not documented
25246 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25248 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25249 Not documented
25251 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25253 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25254 Not documented
25256 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25258 ;;;***
25260 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25261 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
25262 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25264 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25265 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25266 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25267 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25268 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25270 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25272 \(fn)" t nil)
25274 ;;;***
25276 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18791
25277 ;;;;;; 16532))
25278 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25280 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25281 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25282 \\{simula-mode-map}
25283 Variables controlling indentation style:
25284 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25285 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25286 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25287 `simula-indent-level'
25288 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25289 `simula-substatement-offset'
25290 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25291 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25292 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25293 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25294 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25295 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25296 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25297 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25298 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25299 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25300 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25301 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25302 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25303 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25304 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25305 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25306 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25307 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25308 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25309 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25310 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25311 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25312 or nil if they should not be changed.
25313 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25314 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25315 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25316 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25318 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25319 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25321 \(fn)" t nil)
25323 ;;;***
25325 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25326 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18791 16512))
25327 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25329 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25330 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25332 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25333 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25334 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25335 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25337 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25339 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25340 Insert SKELETON.
25341 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25342 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25343 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25344 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25345 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25347 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25348 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25350 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25352 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25353 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25355 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25356 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25357 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25358 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25360 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25361 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25362 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25363 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25365 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25366 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25367 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25369 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25370 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25372 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25373 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25375 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25376 _ interesting point, interregion here
25377 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25378 interesting point set by _
25379 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25380 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25381 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25382 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25383 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25384 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25385 nil skipped
25387 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25388 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25390 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25391 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25392 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25393 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25394 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25395 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25396 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25397 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25399 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25400 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25401 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25402 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25403 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25404 available:
25406 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25407 then: insert previously read string once more
25408 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25409 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25410 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25412 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25413 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25415 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25417 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25418 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25420 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25421 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25422 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25423 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25424 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25425 such as backslash.
25427 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25428 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25429 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25431 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25433 ;;;***
25435 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25436 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (18825 40643))
25437 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
25439 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25440 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25441 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25442 buffer names.
25444 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25446 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25447 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25448 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25452 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25453 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25454 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25456 \(fn)" t nil)
25458 ;;;***
25460 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25461 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
25462 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25464 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25465 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25466 A list of images is returned.
25468 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25470 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25471 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
25472 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
25474 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25476 ;;;***
25478 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25479 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18862 237))
25480 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25482 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25483 Not documented
25485 \(fn)" nil nil)
25487 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25488 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25490 \(fn)" t nil)
25492 ;;;***
25494 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18787 48933))
25495 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25497 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25498 Play the Snake game.
25499 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25501 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25503 Snake mode keybindings:
25504 \\<snake-mode-map>
25505 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25506 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25507 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25508 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25509 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25510 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25511 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25513 \(fn)" t nil)
25515 ;;;***
25517 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25518 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
25519 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25521 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25522 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25523 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25524 Tab indents for C code.
25525 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25526 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25527 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25528 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25529 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25531 \(fn)" t nil)
25533 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25534 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25535 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25536 Tab indents for C code.
25537 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25538 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25539 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25540 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25541 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25543 \(fn)" t nil)
25545 ;;;***
25547 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18787
25548 ;;;;;; 48920))
25549 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25551 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25552 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25553 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25554 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25555 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25557 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25561 ;;;***
25563 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (18787
25564 ;;;;;; 48933))
25565 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25567 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25568 Play Solitaire.
25570 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25571 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25572 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25573 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25574 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25575 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25576 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25577 check after each move or undo.)
25579 What is Solitaire?
25581 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25582 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25583 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25585 Le Solitaire
25586 ============
25588 o o o
25590 o o o
25592 o o o o o o o
25594 o o o . o o o
25596 o o o o o o o
25598 o o o
25600 o o o
25602 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25603 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25604 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25605 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25607 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25608 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25609 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25610 this: o o .
25612 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25613 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25615 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25617 o o o
25619 . o o
25621 o o . o o o o
25623 o . o o o o o
25625 o o o o o o o
25627 o o o
25629 o o o
25631 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25633 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25635 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25637 ;;;***
25639 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25640 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25641 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18787 48918))
25642 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25643 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25645 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25646 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25648 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25649 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25650 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25651 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25652 contiguous.
25654 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25655 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25656 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25657 the sort order.
25659 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25660 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25662 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25663 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25664 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25665 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25666 is called.
25668 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25669 It should move point to the end of the record.
25671 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25672 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25673 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25674 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25675 starts at the beginning of the record.
25677 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25678 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25679 same as ENDRECFUN.
25681 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25682 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25684 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25686 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25687 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25688 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25689 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25690 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25691 the sort order.
25693 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25695 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25696 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25697 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25698 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25699 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25700 the sort order.
25702 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25704 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25705 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25706 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25707 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25708 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25709 the sort order.
25711 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25712 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25714 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25715 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25716 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25717 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25718 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25719 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25720 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25721 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25722 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25724 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25726 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25727 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25728 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25729 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25730 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25731 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25732 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25733 the sort order.
25735 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25737 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25738 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25739 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25740 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25741 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25742 is to be used for sorting.
25743 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25744 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25745 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25746 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25747 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25749 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25751 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25752 the sort order.
25754 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25755 starting with the letter \"f\",
25756 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25758 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25760 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25761 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25762 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25763 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25764 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25765 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25766 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25767 the sort order.
25769 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25770 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25771 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25772 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25773 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25775 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25777 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25778 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25779 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25781 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25783 ;;;***
25785 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (18935
25786 ;;;;;; 28926))
25787 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25789 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25790 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25791 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25792 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25793 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25794 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25796 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25798 ;;;***
25800 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25801 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25802 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18791 16522))
25803 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25805 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25806 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25808 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25809 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25810 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25812 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25814 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25815 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25816 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25817 server.
25819 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25821 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25822 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25823 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25825 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25827 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25828 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25829 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25830 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25831 Agent is plugged.
25833 \(fn)" t nil)
25835 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25836 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25837 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25838 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25840 \(fn)" t nil)
25842 ;;;***
25844 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25845 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (18834 13432))
25846 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25848 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25850 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25851 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25852 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25853 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25854 supported at a time.
25855 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25856 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25860 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25861 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25862 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25863 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25865 \(fn)" t nil)
25867 ;;;***
25869 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25870 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18787 48936))
25871 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25873 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25875 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25876 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25877 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25878 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25879 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25880 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25882 \(fn)" t nil)
25884 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25886 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25887 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25888 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25889 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25891 \(fn)" t nil)
25893 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25895 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25896 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25897 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25898 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25899 for example, \"word\".
25901 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25903 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25905 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25906 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25908 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25910 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25912 ;;;***
25914 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18787
25915 ;;;;;; 48933))
25916 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25918 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25919 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25921 \(fn)" t nil)
25923 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25924 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25926 \(fn)" nil nil)
25928 ;;;***
25930 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25931 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25932 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25933 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (18838
25934 ;;;;;; 52325))
25935 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25937 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25938 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25940 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25941 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25942 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25943 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25944 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25945 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25946 of the current highlighting list.
25948 For example:
25950 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25951 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25953 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25954 `_t' as data types.
25956 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25958 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25959 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25961 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25962 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25964 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25966 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25967 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25968 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25970 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25972 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25973 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25974 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25975 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25976 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25977 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25978 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25979 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25980 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25982 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25984 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25985 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25986 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25987 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25989 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25990 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25991 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25992 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25994 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25995 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25996 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25998 \(fn)" t nil)
26000 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
26001 Major mode to edit SQL.
26003 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
26004 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
26005 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
26007 \\{sql-mode-map}
26008 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
26010 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
26011 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
26012 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
26013 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
26014 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
26015 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
26017 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
26018 `sql-interactive-mode'.
26020 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
26021 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
26022 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
26024 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
26025 (lambda ()
26026 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
26028 \(fn)" t nil)
26030 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
26031 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
26033 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26034 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26035 `*SQL*'.
26037 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26039 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
26041 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
26042 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
26044 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26045 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26046 `*SQL*'.
26048 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
26049 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26050 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
26051 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
26053 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26054 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26056 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26057 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26058 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26059 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26060 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26061 `default-process-coding-system'.
26063 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26065 \(fn)" t nil)
26067 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
26068 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
26070 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26071 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26072 `*SQL*'.
26074 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
26075 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26076 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26077 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26079 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26080 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26082 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26083 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26084 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26085 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26086 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26087 `default-process-coding-system'.
26089 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26091 \(fn)" t nil)
26093 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26094 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26096 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26097 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26098 `*SQL*'.
26100 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26101 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26103 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26104 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26106 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26107 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26108 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26109 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26110 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26111 `default-process-coding-system'.
26113 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26115 \(fn)" t nil)
26117 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26118 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26120 SQLite is free software.
26122 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26123 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26124 `*SQL*'.
26126 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26127 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26128 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26129 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26131 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26132 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26134 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26135 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26136 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26137 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26138 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26139 `default-process-coding-system'.
26141 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26143 \(fn)" t nil)
26145 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26146 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26148 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26150 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26151 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26152 `*SQL*'.
26154 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26155 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26156 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26157 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26159 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26160 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26162 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26163 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26164 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26165 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26166 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26167 `default-process-coding-system'.
26169 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26171 \(fn)" t nil)
26173 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26174 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26176 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26177 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26178 `*SQL*'.
26180 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26181 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26182 defaults, if set.
26184 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26185 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26187 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26188 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26189 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26190 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26191 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26192 `default-process-coding-system'.
26194 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26196 \(fn)" t nil)
26198 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26199 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26201 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26202 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26203 `*SQL*'.
26205 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26206 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26208 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26209 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26211 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26212 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26213 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26214 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26215 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26216 `default-process-coding-system'.
26218 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26220 \(fn)" t nil)
26222 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26223 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26225 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26226 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26227 `*SQL*'.
26229 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26230 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26231 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26232 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26234 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26235 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26237 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26238 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26239 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26240 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26241 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26242 `default-process-coding-system'.
26244 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26246 \(fn)" t nil)
26248 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26249 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26251 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26252 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26253 `*SQL*'.
26255 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26256 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26257 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26258 `sql-postgres-options'.
26260 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26261 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26263 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26264 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26265 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26266 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26267 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26268 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26269 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26270 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26272 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26273 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26275 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26277 \(fn)" t nil)
26279 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26280 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26282 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26283 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26284 `*SQL*'.
26286 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26287 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26288 defaults, if set.
26290 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26291 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26293 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26294 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26295 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26296 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26297 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26298 `default-process-coding-system'.
26300 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26302 \(fn)" t nil)
26304 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26305 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26307 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26308 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26309 `*SQL*'.
26311 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26312 automatic login.
26314 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26315 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26317 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26318 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26319 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26320 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26322 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26323 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26324 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26325 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26326 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26327 `default-process-coding-system'.
26329 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26331 \(fn)" t nil)
26333 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26334 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26336 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26337 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26338 `*SQL*'.
26340 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26341 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26342 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26343 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26344 parameters.
26346 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26347 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26348 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26349 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26350 an empty password.
26352 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26353 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26355 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26357 \(fn)" t nil)
26359 ;;;***
26361 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26362 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26363 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26364 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26365 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (18787
26366 ;;;;;; 48918))
26367 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26369 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26370 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26371 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26372 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26373 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26374 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26376 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26378 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26380 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26381 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26382 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26383 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26384 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26385 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26386 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26388 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26390 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26391 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26392 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26393 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26394 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26395 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26396 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26398 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26400 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26401 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26402 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26404 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26406 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26407 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26408 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26410 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26412 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26413 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26415 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26417 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26418 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26420 \(fn)" t nil)
26422 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26423 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26425 \(fn)" t nil)
26427 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26428 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26429 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26430 chronologically by command name.
26431 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26433 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26435 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26436 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26437 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26438 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26439 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26440 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26442 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26444 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26445 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
26446 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
26447 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26448 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26449 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26450 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26452 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26453 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26454 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26455 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26457 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26459 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26461 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26462 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26463 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26464 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26466 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26468 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26469 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26471 \(fn)" t nil)
26473 ;;;***
26475 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26476 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (18430 59248))
26477 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26479 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26480 Studlify-case the region.
26482 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26484 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26485 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26487 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26489 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26490 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26492 \(fn)" t nil)
26494 ;;;***
26496 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26497 ;;;;;; (18885 458))
26498 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26500 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26501 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26502 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26503 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26504 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26505 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26506 original message but it does require a few things:
26508 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26510 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26511 reply buffer.
26513 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26514 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26515 original message.
26517 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26519 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26521 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26522 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26523 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26525 \(fn)" nil nil)
26527 ;;;***
26529 ;;;### (autoloads (symbol-completion-try-complete symbol-complete)
26530 ;;;;;; "sym-comp" "progmodes/sym-comp.el" (18787 48935))
26531 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sym-comp.el
26533 (autoload 'symbol-complete "sym-comp" "\
26534 Perform completion of the symbol preceding point.
26535 This is done in a way appropriate to the current major mode,
26536 perhaps by interrogating an inferior interpreter. Compare
26537 `complete-symbol'.
26538 If no characters can be completed, display a list of possible completions.
26539 Repeating the command at that point scrolls the list.
26541 When called from a program, optional arg PREDICATE is a predicate
26542 determining which symbols are considered.
26544 This function requires `symbol-completion-completions-function'
26545 to be set buffer-locally. Variables `symbol-completion-symbol-function',
26546 `symbol-completion-predicate-function' and
26547 `symbol-completion-transform-function' are also consulted.
26549 \(fn &optional PREDICATE)" t nil)
26551 (autoload 'symbol-completion-try-complete "sym-comp" "\
26552 Completion function for use with `hippie-expand'.
26553 Uses `symbol-completion-symbol-function' and
26554 `symbol-completion-completions-function'. It is intended to be
26555 used something like this in a major mode which provides symbol
26556 completion:
26558 (if (featurep 'hippie-exp)
26559 (set (make-local-variable 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
26560 (cons 'symbol-completion-try-complete
26561 hippie-expand-try-functions-list)))
26563 \(fn OLD)" nil nil)
26565 ;;;***
26567 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18787
26568 ;;;;;; 48918))
26569 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26571 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26573 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26574 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26575 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26576 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26577 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26578 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26580 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26582 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26583 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26584 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26585 otherwise turn it off.
26587 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26588 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26589 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26593 ;;;***
26595 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18787 48918))
26596 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26598 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26599 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26600 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26601 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26602 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26604 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26606 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26607 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26608 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26609 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26610 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26611 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26612 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26614 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26616 ;;;***
26618 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26619 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26620 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26621 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26622 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26623 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26624 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26625 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26626 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26627 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26628 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26629 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26630 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18791 16534))
26631 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26633 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26634 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26635 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26637 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26639 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26640 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26642 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26644 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26645 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26647 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26649 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26650 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26652 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26654 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26655 Insert an editable text table.
26656 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26657 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26658 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26659 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26660 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26661 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26662 delimiting them.
26664 Examples:
26666 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26668 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26669 location of point.
26673 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26674 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26675 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26676 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26677 first cell.
26679 +-----+-----+-----+
26680 |-!- | | |
26681 +-----+-----+-----+
26683 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26685 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26686 width, which results as
26688 +--------------+-----+-----+
26689 |-!- | | |
26690 +--------------+-----+-----+
26692 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26693 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26695 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26696 | | |-!- |
26697 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26699 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26700 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26701 width information to `table-insert'.
26703 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26705 instead of
26707 Cell width(s): 5
26709 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26710 work all together.
26712 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26713 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26715 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26716 |-!- | | |
26717 | | | |
26718 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26720 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26722 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26723 |-!- | | |
26724 | | | |
26725 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26726 | | | |
26727 | | | |
26728 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26730 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26732 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26733 | | | |
26734 | | | |
26735 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26736 | | | |
26737 | | | |
26738 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26741 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26742 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26743 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26745 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26746 | | | |
26747 | | | |
26748 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26749 | | | |
26750 | | | |
26751 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26752 |-!- | | |
26753 | | | |
26754 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26756 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26757 results.
26759 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26760 | | | |
26761 | | | |
26762 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26763 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26764 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26765 | | |expected results.-!- |
26766 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26767 | | | |
26768 | | | |
26769 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26771 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26773 \\{table-cell-map}
26775 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26777 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26778 Insert N table row(s).
26779 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26780 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26781 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26782 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26784 \(fn N)" t nil)
26786 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26787 Insert N table column(s).
26788 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26789 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26790 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26791 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26793 \(fn N)" t nil)
26795 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26796 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26797 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26799 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26801 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26802 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26803 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26804 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26805 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26806 all the table specific features.
26808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26810 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26811 Not documented
26813 \(fn)" t nil)
26815 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26816 Recognize all tables within region.
26817 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26818 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26819 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26820 specific features.
26822 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26824 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26825 Not documented
26827 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26829 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26830 Recognize a table at point.
26831 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26832 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26833 the table specific features.
26835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26837 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26838 Not documented
26840 \(fn)" t nil)
26842 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26843 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26844 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26845 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26846 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26847 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26848 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26850 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26852 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26853 Not documented
26855 \(fn)" t nil)
26857 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26858 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26859 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26860 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26861 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26862 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26863 specified.
26865 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26867 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26868 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26869 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26870 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26871 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26872 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26873 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26874 table structure.
26876 \(fn N)" t nil)
26878 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26879 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26880 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26881 table's rectangle structure.
26883 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26885 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26886 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26887 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26888 table's rectangle structure.
26890 \(fn N)" t nil)
26892 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26893 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26894 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26895 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26896 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26898 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26900 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26901 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26902 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26904 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26905 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26906 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26907 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26908 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26909 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26910 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26912 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26913 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26914 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26915 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26916 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26917 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26918 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26920 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26921 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26922 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26923 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26924 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26925 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26926 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26927 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26929 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26931 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26932 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26933 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26934 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26938 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26939 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26940 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26942 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26944 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26945 Split current cell vertically.
26946 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26948 \(fn)" t nil)
26950 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26951 Split current cell horizontally.
26952 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26954 \(fn)" t nil)
26956 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26957 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26958 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26960 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26962 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26963 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26964 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26965 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26967 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26969 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26970 Justify cell contents.
26971 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26972 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26973 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26974 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26976 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26978 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26979 Justify cells of a row.
26980 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26981 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26983 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26985 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26986 Justify cells of a column.
26987 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26988 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26990 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26992 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26993 Toggle fixing width mode.
26994 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26995 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26996 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27000 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27001 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27002 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27003 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27004 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27005 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27006 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27007 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27008 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27009 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27010 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27012 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27014 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27015 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27016 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27017 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27018 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27019 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27020 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27021 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27022 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27023 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27024 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27025 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27026 untouched.
27028 References used for this implementation:
27030 HTML:
27031 http://www.w3.org
27033 LaTeX:
27034 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
27036 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27037 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
27038 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
27040 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27042 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27043 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27044 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27045 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27046 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27047 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27048 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27049 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27050 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27051 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27052 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27053 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27054 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27055 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27056 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27057 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27058 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27060 Example:
27062 (progn
27063 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27064 (table-forward-cell 15)
27065 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27066 (table-forward-cell 16)
27067 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27068 (table-forward-cell 1)
27069 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27071 (progn
27072 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27073 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27074 (table-forward-cell 1)
27075 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27077 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27079 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27080 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27081 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27082 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27083 consists from cells of same height.
27085 \(fn N)" t nil)
27087 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27088 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27089 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27090 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27091 column must consists from cells of same width.
27093 \(fn N)" t nil)
27095 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27096 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27097 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27098 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27099 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27100 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27101 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27102 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27103 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27104 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27105 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27106 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27107 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27108 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27109 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27112 Example 1:
27114 1, 2, 3, 4
27115 5, 6, 7, 8
27116 , 9, 10
27118 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27119 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27120 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27121 specified as 5.
27123 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27124 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27125 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27126 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27127 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27128 | | 9 | 10 | |
27129 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27131 Note:
27133 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27134 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27135 of each row is optional.
27138 Example 2:
27140 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27141 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27142 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27143 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27144 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27146 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27147 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27149 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27150 expression and raw delimiter regular
27151 expression, it parses the specified text
27152 area and extracts cell items from
27153 non-table text and then forms a table out
27154 of them.
27156 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27157 creates a single cell table. The text in
27158 the specified region is placed in that
27159 cell.-*-
27161 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27162 like this.
27164 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27165 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27166 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27168 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27169 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27170 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27171 | area and extracts cell items from |
27172 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27173 | of them. |
27175 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27176 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27177 | the specified region is placed in that |
27178 | cell. |
27179 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27181 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27182 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27183 independently.
27185 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27186 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27187 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27188 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27189 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27190 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27191 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27192 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27193 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27194 | |of them. |
27195 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27196 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27197 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27198 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27199 | |cell. |
27200 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27202 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27203 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27204 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27206 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27208 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27209 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27210 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
27211 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27212 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27214 \(fn)" t nil)
27216 ;;;***
27218 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18787 48918))
27219 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27221 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27222 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27224 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27226 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27227 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27229 \(fn)" t nil)
27231 ;;;***
27233 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18875 57174))
27234 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27236 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27237 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27238 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27239 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27240 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27241 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27242 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27244 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27245 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27246 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27247 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27249 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27250 \\{tar-mode-map}
27252 \(fn)" t nil)
27254 ;;;***
27256 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
27257 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18791 16532))
27258 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27260 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27261 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27262 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27263 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27264 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27265 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27267 Variables controlling indentation style:
27268 `tcl-indent-level'
27269 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27270 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27271 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27273 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27274 documentation for details):
27275 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27276 Controls action of TAB key.
27277 `tcl-auto-newline'
27278 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27279 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27280 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27281 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27282 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27284 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27285 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27286 already exist.
27288 Commands:
27289 \\{tcl-mode-map}
27291 \(fn)" t nil)
27293 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27294 Run inferior Tcl process.
27295 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27296 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27298 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27300 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27301 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27302 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27304 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27306 ;;;***
27308 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18787 48931))
27309 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27310 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
27312 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27313 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27314 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27315 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27317 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27318 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27319 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27320 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27321 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27323 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27324 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
27326 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27327 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27328 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27329 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27331 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27333 ;;;***
27335 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
27336 ;;;;;; (18873 47526))
27337 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27339 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27340 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27341 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27342 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27343 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27344 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27346 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27348 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27349 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27350 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27351 commands to use in that buffer.
27353 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27355 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27357 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27358 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27360 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27362 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27363 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27364 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27365 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27366 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27367 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27368 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27369 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27370 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27371 use in that buffer.
27372 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27374 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27376 ;;;***
27378 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18791
27379 ;;;;;; 16513))
27380 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
27382 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
27383 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
27384 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
27385 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
27386 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
27387 program as keyboard input.
27389 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
27390 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
27391 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
27392 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
27394 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
27395 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
27396 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
27397 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
27398 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
27400 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
27402 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
27403 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
27404 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
27405 terminal-redisplay-interval.
27407 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
27408 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
27409 subprocess started.
27411 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
27413 ;;;***
27415 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
27416 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
27417 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27419 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27420 Start coverage on function under point.
27422 \(fn)" t nil)
27424 ;;;***
27426 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (18787 48933))
27427 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27429 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27430 Play the Tetris game.
27431 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27432 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27433 as to form complete rows.
27435 tetris-mode keybindings:
27436 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27437 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27438 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27439 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27440 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27441 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27442 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27443 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27444 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27446 \(fn)" t nil)
27448 ;;;***
27450 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27451 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27452 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27453 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27454 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27455 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27456 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27457 ;;;;;; (18964 39342))
27458 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27460 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27461 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27463 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27465 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
27466 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
27467 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27468 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27469 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27471 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27473 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27474 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27475 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27476 if it matches the first line of the file,
27477 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27479 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27481 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27482 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27483 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27484 if the variable is non-nil.")
27486 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27488 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27489 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27491 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27493 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
27494 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
27495 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27496 See the documentation of that variable.")
27498 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27500 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
27501 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27502 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27503 See the documentation of that variable.")
27505 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27507 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
27508 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27509 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27510 See the documentation of that variable.")
27512 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27514 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
27515 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27516 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27517 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27518 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27520 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27522 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
27523 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27524 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27525 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27527 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27529 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27530 *User defined LaTeX block names.
27531 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27533 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27535 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
27536 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27537 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27538 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27540 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27542 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27543 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27544 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27545 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27547 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27549 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27550 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27551 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27552 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27554 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27555 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27556 for example,
27558 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27559 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27561 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27562 use.")
27564 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27566 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command '(cond ((eq window-system 'x) "xdvi") ((eq window-system 'w32) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
27567 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27568 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27569 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27570 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27572 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27574 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27576 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
27577 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27578 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27580 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27582 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27583 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27584 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27585 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27586 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27588 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27590 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
27591 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27593 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27595 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
27596 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27598 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27600 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27601 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27602 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27603 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27604 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27605 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27606 says which mode to use.
27608 \(fn)" t nil)
27610 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27612 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27614 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27616 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27617 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27618 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27619 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27620 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27622 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27623 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27624 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27625 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27626 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27627 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27628 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27630 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27631 mismatched $'s or braces.
27633 Special commands:
27634 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27636 Mode variables:
27637 tex-run-command
27638 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27639 tex-directory
27640 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27641 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27642 tex-dvi-print-command
27643 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27644 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27645 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27646 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27647 tex-dvi-view-command
27648 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27649 tex-show-queue-command
27650 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27651 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27653 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27654 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27655 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27657 \(fn)" t nil)
27659 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27660 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27661 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27662 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27663 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27665 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27666 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27667 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27668 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27669 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27670 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27671 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27673 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27674 mismatched $'s or braces.
27676 Special commands:
27677 \\{latex-mode-map}
27679 Mode variables:
27680 latex-run-command
27681 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27682 tex-directory
27683 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27684 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27685 tex-dvi-print-command
27686 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27687 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27688 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27689 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27690 tex-dvi-view-command
27691 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27692 tex-show-queue-command
27693 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27694 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27696 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27697 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27698 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27700 \(fn)" t nil)
27702 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27703 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27704 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27705 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27706 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27708 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27709 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27710 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27711 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27712 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27713 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27714 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27716 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27717 mismatched $'s or braces.
27719 Special commands:
27720 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27722 Mode variables:
27723 slitex-run-command
27724 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27725 tex-directory
27726 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27727 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27728 tex-dvi-print-command
27729 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27730 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27731 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27732 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27733 tex-dvi-view-command
27734 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27735 tex-show-queue-command
27736 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27737 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27739 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27740 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27741 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27742 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27744 \(fn)" t nil)
27746 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27747 Not documented
27749 \(fn)" nil nil)
27751 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27752 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27754 \(fn)" t nil)
27756 ;;;***
27758 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27759 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (18787 48936))
27760 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27762 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27763 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27764 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27765 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27767 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27768 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27769 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27771 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27773 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27774 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27775 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27776 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27777 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27779 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27781 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27782 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27783 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27784 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27786 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27787 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27788 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27789 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27791 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27792 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27794 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27796 ;;;***
27798 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27799 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (18787 48936))
27800 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27802 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27803 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27805 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27807 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27808 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27810 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27812 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27813 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27815 It has these extra commands:
27816 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27818 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27819 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27820 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27821 modified version of TeX input format.
27823 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27824 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27825 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27826 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27828 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27829 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27830 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27831 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27832 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27833 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27834 in the Texinfo file.
27836 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27837 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27838 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27839 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27840 move forward past the closing brace.
27842 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27843 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27845 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27846 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27847 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27849 Here are the functions:
27851 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27852 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27853 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27855 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27856 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27857 texinfo-master-menu
27859 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27861 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27862 which menu descriptions are indented.
27864 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27865 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27866 in the region.
27868 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27869 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27870 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27871 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27873 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27874 be the first node in the file.
27876 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27877 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27879 \(fn)" t nil)
27881 ;;;***
27883 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27884 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27885 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
27886 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27888 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27889 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27890 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27891 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27893 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27895 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27896 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27898 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27900 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27901 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27903 \(fn)" t nil)
27905 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27906 Not documented
27908 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27910 ;;;***
27912 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27913 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27914 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18921 19113))
27915 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27917 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27918 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27920 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27922 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27923 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27924 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27925 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27926 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27928 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27929 a symbol as a valid THING.
27931 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27932 of the textual entity that was found.
27934 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27936 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27937 Return the THING at point.
27938 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27939 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27940 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27942 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27943 a symbol as a valid THING.
27945 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27947 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27948 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27950 \(fn)" nil nil)
27952 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27953 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27955 \(fn)" nil nil)
27957 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27958 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27960 \(fn)" nil nil)
27962 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27963 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27965 \(fn)" nil nil)
27967 ;;;***
27969 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27970 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27971 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
27972 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27974 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27975 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27977 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27979 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27980 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27981 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27982 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27984 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27986 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27987 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27989 \(fn)" t nil)
27991 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27992 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27994 \(fn)" t nil)
27996 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27998 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27999 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
28001 \(fn)" t nil)
28003 ;;;***
28005 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
28006 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
28007 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
28008 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
28009 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (18787
28010 ;;;;;; 48929))
28011 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28013 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28014 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28015 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28017 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
28019 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28020 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28022 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28024 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28025 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28026 The returned string has no composition information.
28028 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28030 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28031 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28033 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28035 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28036 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28038 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28040 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28041 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28042 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28043 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28045 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28047 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28048 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28049 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28050 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28052 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28054 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28055 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28056 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28058 \(fn)" t nil)
28060 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28061 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28062 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28064 \(fn)" t nil)
28066 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28067 Not documented
28069 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28071 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28072 Not documented
28074 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28076 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28077 Not documented
28079 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28081 ;;;***
28083 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28084 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
28085 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28087 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28088 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28089 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28090 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28091 parameters.
28092 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28094 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28096 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28097 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28098 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28099 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28100 parameters.
28101 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28103 \(fn)" t nil)
28105 ;;;***
28107 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28108 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28109 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (18886 63158))
28110 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28112 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28113 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28115 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28117 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28118 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28119 This display updates automatically every minute.
28120 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28121 are displayed as well.
28122 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28124 \(fn)" t nil)
28126 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28127 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28128 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28129 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28130 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28131 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28133 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28135 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28136 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28137 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
28139 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
28140 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28141 are displayed as well.
28142 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28146 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28147 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28148 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28149 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28151 \(fn)" t nil)
28153 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28154 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28155 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28156 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28158 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28160 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28161 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28163 \(fn)" t nil)
28165 ;;;***
28167 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28168 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28169 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
28170 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time time-to-seconds date-to-time) "time-date"
28171 ;;;;;; "calendar/time-date.el" (18791 16516))
28172 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28174 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28175 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28177 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28179 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date" "\
28180 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
28181 You can use `float-time' instead.
28183 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28185 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28186 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
28188 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28190 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
28191 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
28193 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28195 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28196 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28198 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28200 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28201 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28202 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28204 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28206 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28208 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
28209 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
28210 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
28212 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28214 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
28215 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
28217 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28219 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28220 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28221 DATE should be a date-time string.
28223 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28225 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28226 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28227 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28229 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28231 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28232 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28234 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28236 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28237 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28239 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28241 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28242 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28243 TIME should be a time value.
28244 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28246 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28248 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28249 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28250 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28252 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28254 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28255 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28256 The valid format specifiers are:
28257 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28258 %d is the number of days.
28259 %h is the number of hours.
28260 %m is the number of minutes.
28261 %s is the number of seconds.
28262 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28263 %% is a literal \"%\".
28265 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28266 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28268 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28269 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28270 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28272 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28273 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28274 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28276 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28278 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28280 ;;;***
28282 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28283 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (18787 48918))
28284 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28285 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28286 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28287 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28288 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28289 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28290 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28291 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28292 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28294 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28295 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28296 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28297 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
28298 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28299 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28300 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28301 look like one of the following:
28302 Time-stamp: <>
28303 Time-stamp: \" \"
28304 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28305 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28306 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28307 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28308 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28309 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28310 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28311 the template.
28313 \(fn)" t nil)
28315 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28316 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28317 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28321 ;;;***
28323 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
28324 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
28325 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
28326 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
28327 ;;;;;; (18787 48920))
28328 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28330 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
28331 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
28332 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28333 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
28334 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28335 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28336 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28337 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28338 display (non-nil means on).
28340 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28342 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28343 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28344 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28345 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28346 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28347 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28348 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28349 this function is called within a day.
28351 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28352 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28353 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28354 discover the name of the project.
28356 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28358 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28359 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28360 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28361 begun during the last time segment.
28363 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28364 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28365 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28366 discover the reason.
28368 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28370 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28371 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28372 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28373 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28374 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28376 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28378 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28379 Change to working on a different project.
28380 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28381 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28382 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28383 working on.
28385 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28387 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28388 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28389 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28391 \(fn)" nil nil)
28393 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28394 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28395 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28397 \(fn)" t nil)
28399 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28400 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28401 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28402 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28403 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28404 \"relative to today\".
28406 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28408 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28409 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28410 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28411 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28413 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28415 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28416 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28417 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28418 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28419 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28420 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28422 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28424 ;;;***
28426 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28427 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18837 32927))
28428 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28430 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28431 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28432 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28433 the generated Quail package is saved.
28435 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28437 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28438 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28439 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28440 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28441 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28442 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28443 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28445 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28447 ;;;***
28449 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28450 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18791 16513))
28451 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28452 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28453 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28455 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28456 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28457 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28458 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28459 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28461 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28463 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28464 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28465 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28466 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28467 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28469 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28471 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28472 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28473 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28474 in the menu in two ways:
28475 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28476 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28477 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28479 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28480 keymap or an alist of alists.
28481 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28482 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28484 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28486 ;;;***
28488 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28489 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28490 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (18817 51432))
28491 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28493 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28494 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28496 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
28498 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28499 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28501 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28503 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28504 Insert new TODO list entry.
28505 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28506 category.
28508 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28510 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28511 List top priorities for each category.
28513 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28514 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
28516 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28517 between each category.
28519 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28521 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28522 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28523 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28524 between each category.
28526 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28528 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28530 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28531 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28533 \\{todo-mode-map}
28535 \(fn)" t nil)
28537 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28538 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28540 \(fn)" nil nil)
28542 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28543 Show TODO list.
28545 \(fn)" t nil)
28547 ;;;***
28549 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28550 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28551 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (18792 39484))
28552 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28554 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28555 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28556 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28560 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
28562 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28563 Add an item to the tool bar.
28564 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28565 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28566 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28567 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28569 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28570 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28571 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28572 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28574 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28575 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28577 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28579 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28580 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28581 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28582 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28583 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28584 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28586 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28587 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28588 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28589 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28591 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28593 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28594 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28595 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28596 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28597 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28598 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28599 properties to add to the binding.
28601 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28603 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28604 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28606 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28608 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28609 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28610 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28611 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28612 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28613 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28614 properties to add to the binding.
28616 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28617 holds a keymap.
28619 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28621 ;;;***
28623 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28624 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
28625 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28627 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28628 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28629 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28630 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28631 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28632 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28634 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28636 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28637 TPU/edt emulation.
28639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28641 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28643 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28644 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28646 \(fn)" t nil)
28648 ;;;***
28650 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28651 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
28652 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28654 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28655 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28657 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28658 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28659 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28660 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28661 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28663 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28664 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28665 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28666 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28667 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
28669 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28670 (tpu-edt)
28672 Known Problems:
28674 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28675 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28676 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28677 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28678 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28679 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28681 \(fn)" t nil)
28683 ;;;***
28685 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18787 48923))
28686 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28688 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28689 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28690 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28691 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28692 to a tcp server on another machine.
28694 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28696 ;;;***
28698 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28699 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (18787 48923))
28700 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28702 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28703 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28705 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28707 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28708 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28709 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28710 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28711 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28712 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28713 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28714 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28716 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28718 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28719 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28720 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28721 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28722 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28723 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28724 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28725 the window or buffer configuration.
28727 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28729 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28731 ;;;***
28733 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28734 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28735 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28736 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (18930 26504))
28737 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28739 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28740 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28741 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28743 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28745 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28746 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28748 It can have the following values:
28750 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28751 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28752 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28754 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28756 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):" "\
28757 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28758 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28759 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28761 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28762 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28763 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28764 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28766 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28767 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28768 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28770 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28771 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28772 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28773 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28774 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28775 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28776 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28777 files which are not really Tramp files.
28779 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28780 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28781 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28782 updated after changing this variable.
28784 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28786 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "^/") "\
28787 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28788 Usually, it is just \"^/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28789 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28791 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*$") "\
28792 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28793 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28794 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28796 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?$") "\
28797 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28798 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28799 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28801 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$") "\
28802 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28803 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28805 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28806 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28807 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28809 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28810 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28811 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28812 updated after changing this variable.
28814 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28816 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28817 Alist of completion handler functions.
28818 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28819 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28820 normal Emacs functions.")
28822 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28823 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28824 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28825 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28827 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28828 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28829 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28830 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28832 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28833 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28834 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28836 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28838 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28839 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28840 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28842 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28843 Add Tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28844 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28846 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28847 Add Tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28848 (add-hook
28849 'after-init-hook
28850 'tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)
28852 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28853 Not documented
28855 \(fn)" nil nil)
28857 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28858 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28860 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28862 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28863 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28865 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28867 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28868 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28870 \(fn)" t nil)
28872 ;;;***
28874 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28875 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
28876 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28878 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28879 Not documented
28881 \(fn)" nil nil)
28883 ;;;***
28885 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18953
28886 ;;;;;; 42629))
28887 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28889 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28890 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28891 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28892 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28893 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28894 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28895 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28896 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28898 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28899 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28900 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28902 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28903 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28904 resumed later.
28906 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28908 ;;;***
28910 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28911 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
28912 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28914 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28915 Not documented
28917 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28919 ;;;***
28921 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28922 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (18791 16534))
28923 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28924 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28925 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28926 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28928 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28929 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28930 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28931 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28932 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28933 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28934 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28936 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28938 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28939 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28940 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28941 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28943 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28945 \(fn)" t nil)
28947 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28948 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28949 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28950 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28951 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28952 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28953 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28955 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28956 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28958 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28959 \\___/\\
28960 / \\
28961 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28963 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28965 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28967 ;;;***
28969 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28970 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28971 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28972 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28973 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
28974 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28976 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28977 Toggle typing break mode.
28978 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28979 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28980 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28982 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28984 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28985 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28987 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28989 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28990 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28992 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28993 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28994 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28996 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28997 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28999 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
29001 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
29002 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
29004 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
29005 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
29006 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
29007 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
29009 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29011 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29012 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29013 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29015 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29016 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29017 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29018 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29019 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29020 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29022 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29023 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29024 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29025 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29027 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29028 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29030 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29031 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29033 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29035 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29036 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29037 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29039 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29040 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29041 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29042 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29043 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29044 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29045 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29047 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29048 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29050 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29051 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29052 reset the keystroke counter.
29054 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29055 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29056 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29057 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29059 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29060 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29061 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29062 `type-break-schedule' command.
29064 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29065 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29066 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29067 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29068 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29069 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29070 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29071 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29072 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29074 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29075 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29076 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29077 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29078 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29080 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29081 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29082 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29083 approximate good values for this.
29085 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29086 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29088 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29089 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29090 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29091 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29092 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29093 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29095 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29096 a typing break occur. They include:
29098 `type-break-query-mode'
29099 `type-break-query-function'
29100 `type-break-query-interval'
29102 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29104 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29105 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29106 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29107 problems.
29109 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29111 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29112 Take a typing break.
29114 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29115 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29117 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29118 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29120 \(fn)" t nil)
29122 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29123 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29124 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29125 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29127 \(fn)" t nil)
29129 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29130 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29132 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29133 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29134 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29135 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29136 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29137 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29138 average typing speed.)
29140 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29141 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29142 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29143 the computed maximum threshold.
29145 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29146 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29147 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29148 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29149 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29151 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29153 ;;;***
29155 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (18820 21794))
29156 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29158 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29159 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29160 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29161 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29162 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29164 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29166 ;;;***
29168 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
29169 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18787 48936))
29170 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29172 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29173 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29174 Works by overstriking underscores.
29175 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29176 which specify the range to operate on.
29178 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29180 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29181 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29182 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29183 which specify the range to operate on.
29185 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29187 ;;;***
29189 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
29190 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (18828 23019))
29191 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
29193 (autoload 'undigestify-rmail-message "undigest" "\
29194 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
29195 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
29197 \(fn)" t nil)
29199 (autoload 'unforward-rmail-message "undigest" "\
29200 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
29201 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
29202 following the containing message.
29204 \(fn)" t nil)
29206 ;;;***
29208 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
29209 ;;;;;; (18911 46082))
29210 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29212 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29213 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
29214 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29215 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29216 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29217 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29219 \(fn)" nil nil)
29221 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29222 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
29224 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29226 ;;;***
29228 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18787
29229 ;;;;;; 48923))
29230 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29232 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29233 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29234 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29235 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29237 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29239 ;;;***
29241 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
29242 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18787 48937))
29243 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29245 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29246 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29247 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29249 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29250 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29251 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29252 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29253 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29254 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29256 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29257 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29258 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29260 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29261 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29262 the callback is not called).
29264 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29265 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29266 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29267 take effect.
29269 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
29271 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29272 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29273 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29274 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29275 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29277 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29279 ;;;***
29281 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29282 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18787 48936))
29283 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29285 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29286 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29287 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29289 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29290 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29291 `url-generic-parse-url'
29292 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29293 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29294 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29295 realm
29296 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29297 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29298 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29299 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29300 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29301 what type of auth to use
29302 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29303 if one cannot be found in the cache
29305 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29307 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29308 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29310 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29311 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29312 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29313 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29314 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29315 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29316 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29317 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29319 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29321 ;;;***
29323 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
29324 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18787
29325 ;;;;;; 48936))
29326 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29328 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29329 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29331 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29333 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29334 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29336 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29338 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29339 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29341 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29343 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
29344 Return t if a cached file has expired.
29346 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
29348 ;;;***
29350 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18791 16534))
29351 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29353 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29354 Not documented
29356 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29358 ;;;***
29360 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
29361 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18787 48936))
29362 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29364 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29365 Not documented
29367 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29369 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29370 Not documented
29372 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29374 ;;;***
29376 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (18829
29377 ;;;;;; 63990))
29378 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29380 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29381 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29383 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29385 ;;;***
29387 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
29388 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18787 48936))
29389 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29391 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29392 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29394 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29396 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29397 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29398 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29399 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29400 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29402 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
29404 ;;;***
29406 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
29407 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
29408 ;;;;;; (18893 13106))
29409 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29411 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29412 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29413 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29414 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29415 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29416 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29418 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29420 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29421 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
29423 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29425 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29426 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29427 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29428 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29430 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29432 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29433 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29434 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29435 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29436 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29437 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29438 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29439 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29440 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29442 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
29444 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29445 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29446 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29447 accessible.
29449 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29451 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29452 Not documented
29454 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29456 ;;;***
29458 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29459 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (18787 48936))
29460 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29462 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29463 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29464 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29465 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29466 CBARGS as the arguments.
29468 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29470 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29471 Not documented
29473 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29475 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29477 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29478 Not documented
29480 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29482 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29483 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
29484 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
29486 Property list members:
29488 methods
29489 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
29490 supports.
29493 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
29494 supported.
29496 dasl
29497 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
29499 ranges
29500 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
29503 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
29504 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
29505 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
29506 Emacs/W3.
29508 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29510 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
29511 Default HTTPS port.")
29513 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
29514 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
29515 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29517 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29518 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29519 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29520 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29521 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29523 ;;;***
29525 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18787 48936))
29526 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29528 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29529 Not documented
29531 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29533 ;;;***
29535 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18787
29536 ;;;;;; 48936))
29537 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29539 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29540 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29541 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29542 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29543 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29545 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29547 ;;;***
29549 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29550 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
29551 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29553 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29554 Not documented
29556 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29558 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29559 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29561 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29563 ;;;***
29565 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29566 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18787 48937))
29567 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29569 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29570 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29572 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29574 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29575 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29577 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29579 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29580 Not documented
29582 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29584 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29586 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29588 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29590 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29591 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29593 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29595 ;;;***
29597 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29598 ;;;;;; (18787 48937))
29599 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29601 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29602 Not documented
29604 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29606 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29607 Not documented
29609 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29611 ;;;***
29613 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29614 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29615 ;;;;;; (18787 48937))
29616 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29618 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29619 Not documented
29621 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29623 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29624 Not documented
29626 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29628 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29629 Not documented
29631 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29633 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29634 Not documented
29636 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29638 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29639 Not documented
29641 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29643 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29644 Not documented
29646 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29648 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29649 Not documented
29651 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29653 ;;;***
29655 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29656 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18787 48937))
29657 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29659 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29660 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29662 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29664 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29665 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29666 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29667 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
29669 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29671 ;;;***
29673 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29674 ;;;;;; (18787 48937))
29675 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29677 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29678 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29680 \(fn)" t nil)
29682 ;;;***
29684 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29685 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29686 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29687 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29688 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29689 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29690 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (18834 13433))
29691 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29693 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29694 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29695 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29697 If t, all messages will be logged.
29698 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29699 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29701 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29703 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29704 Not documented
29706 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29708 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29709 Not documented
29711 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29713 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29714 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29715 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29716 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29717 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29718 & ==> &amp;
29719 < ==> &lt;
29720 > ==> &gt;
29721 \" ==> &quot;
29723 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29725 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29726 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29727 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29729 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29731 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29732 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29733 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29735 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29737 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29738 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29740 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29742 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29743 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29745 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29747 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29748 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29750 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29752 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29753 Not documented
29755 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29757 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29758 Not documented
29760 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29762 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29763 Not documented
29765 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29767 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29769 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29770 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29772 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29774 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29775 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29777 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29779 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29780 Not documented
29782 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29784 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29785 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29786 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29787 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29788 forbidden in URL encoding.
29790 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29792 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29793 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29794 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29795 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29796 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29797 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29799 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29801 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29802 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29803 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29804 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29806 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29808 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29809 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29810 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29812 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29814 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29815 View the current document's URL.
29816 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29817 the minibuffer.
29819 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29821 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29823 ;;;***
29825 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29826 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18787 48918))
29827 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29829 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29830 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29831 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29832 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29833 to refrain from editing the file
29834 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29835 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29836 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29837 in any way you like.
29839 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29841 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29842 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29843 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29844 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29845 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29847 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29848 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29850 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29852 ;;;***
29854 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29855 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29856 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18787 48928))
29857 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29859 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29860 Not documented
29862 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29864 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29865 Not documented
29867 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29869 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29870 Not documented
29872 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29874 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29875 Not documented
29877 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29879 ;;;***
29881 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29882 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29883 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
29884 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29886 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29887 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29888 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29889 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29891 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29893 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29894 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29895 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29897 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29899 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29900 Uudecode region between START and END.
29901 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29903 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29905 ;;;***
29907 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-update-change-log
29908 ;;;;;; vc-rename-file vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend
29909 ;;;;;; vc-update vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag
29910 ;;;;;; vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window
29911 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
29912 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (18944 19956))
29913 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29915 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29916 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29917 See `run-hooks'.")
29919 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29921 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29922 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29923 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29925 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29927 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29928 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29929 See `run-hooks'.")
29931 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29933 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29934 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29935 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29937 For locking systems:
29938 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29939 control.
29940 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29941 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29942 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29943 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29944 it performs a revert on that file.
29945 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29946 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29947 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29948 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29949 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29950 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29951 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29953 For merging systems:
29954 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29955 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29956 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29957 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29958 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29959 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29960 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29961 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29962 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29964 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29966 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29967 Register into a version control system.
29968 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29969 Otherwise register the current file.
29970 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29971 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29973 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29974 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29975 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29976 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29977 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29978 first backend that could register the file is used.
29980 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29982 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29983 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29985 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29987 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29988 Display diffs between file revisions.
29989 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29990 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29991 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29993 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29994 saving the buffer.
29996 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29998 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29999 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30000 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30001 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30003 \(fn REV)" t nil)
30005 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30006 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30007 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30008 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30010 \(fn)" t nil)
30012 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30013 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
30014 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
30015 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30016 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
30017 from the current branch.
30019 See Info node `Merging'.
30021 \(fn)" t nil)
30023 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30025 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30026 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30027 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30028 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30029 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30030 checked out in that new branch.
30032 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30034 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30035 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
30036 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
30037 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30038 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30039 allowed and simply skipped).
30041 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30043 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30044 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30045 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
30047 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION)" t nil)
30049 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30050 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30051 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30052 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30054 \(fn)" t nil)
30056 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
30057 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
30058 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
30059 depending on the underlying version-control system.
30061 \(fn)" t nil)
30063 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30065 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
30066 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
30067 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
30068 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
30069 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
30070 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
30072 \(fn)" t nil)
30074 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30075 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30076 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30077 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30078 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30079 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30080 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30082 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30084 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30085 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30086 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30087 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30088 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30089 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30090 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30091 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30092 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30094 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30096 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30097 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30099 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30101 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30102 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
30104 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30106 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30107 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30108 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30109 directory.
30111 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30113 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30114 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30115 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30117 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30118 log entries should be gathered.
30120 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30122 (autoload 'vc-trunk-p "vc" "\
30123 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
30125 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30127 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30128 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30130 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30132 ;;;***
30134 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc-annotate.el" (18869
30135 ;;;;;; 47890))
30136 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-annotate.el
30138 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30139 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
30141 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30142 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30143 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30144 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30145 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30146 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30148 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30149 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
30150 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30151 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30152 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30153 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30154 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30155 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30157 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30159 Customization variables:
30161 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30162 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30163 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30164 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30166 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO)" t nil)
30168 ;;;***
30170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (18787 48918))
30171 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
30172 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
30173 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
30174 (progn
30175 (load "vc-arch")
30176 (vc-arch-registered file))))
30178 ;;;***
30180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (18961 36795))
30181 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
30183 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30184 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30186 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
30187 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30188 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30189 (progn
30190 (load "vc-bzr")
30191 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30193 ;;;***
30195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (18787 48919))
30196 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
30197 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30198 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30199 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30200 (load "vc-cvs")
30201 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30203 ;;;***
30205 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc-dir.el" (18911 46082))
30206 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dir.el
30208 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30209 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30210 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30211 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30212 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30214 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30215 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30216 The file lines appear later.
30218 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30219 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30221 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30223 \\<vc-dir-mode-map>
30225 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30227 ;;;***
30229 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc-dispatcher.el"
30230 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
30231 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dispatcher.el
30233 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30234 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30235 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30236 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30237 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30238 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30239 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30240 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30241 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30242 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30243 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30244 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30245 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30247 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30249 ;;;***
30251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (18875 4272))
30252 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
30253 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30254 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30255 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
30256 (progn
30257 (load "vc-git")
30258 (vc-git-registered file))))
30260 ;;;***
30262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (18799 16231))
30263 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
30264 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30265 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30266 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30267 (progn
30268 (load "vc-hg")
30269 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30271 ;;;***
30273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (18901 14441))
30274 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
30276 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
30278 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
30279 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30280 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30281 (progn
30282 (load "vc-mtn")
30283 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30285 ;;;***
30287 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
30288 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
30289 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
30291 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s") "\
30292 Where to look for RCS master files.
30293 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30295 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30297 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30299 ;;;***
30301 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
30302 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
30303 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
30305 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir) "\
30306 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30307 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30309 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30310 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30312 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30313 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30314 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30315 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30317 ;;;***
30319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (18944 19874))
30320 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
30321 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30322 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30323 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30324 "_svn")
30325 (t ".svn"))))
30326 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30327 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
30328 (file-name-directory f)))
30329 (load "vc-svn")
30330 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30332 ;;;***
30334 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30335 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
30336 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30337 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
30339 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30340 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30342 Usage:
30343 ------
30345 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30346 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30347 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30348 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30350 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30351 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30352 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30353 completions.
30355 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30356 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30358 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30359 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30361 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30362 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30363 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30365 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30368 Maintenance:
30369 ------------
30371 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30372 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30374 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30376 Official distribution is at
30377 <http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html>.
30380 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30381 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30383 Key bindings:
30384 -------------
30386 \\{vera-mode-map}
30388 \(fn)" t nil)
30390 ;;;***
30392 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30393 ;;;;;; (18836 39031))
30394 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30396 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30397 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30398 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30399 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30400 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30402 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30404 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30405 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30407 Supports highlighting.
30409 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30410 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30412 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30414 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30415 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30416 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30417 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30418 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30419 on the left side of your screen.
30420 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30421 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30422 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30423 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30424 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30425 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30426 function keyword.
30427 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30428 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30429 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30430 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30431 if (a)
30432 begin
30433 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30434 Indentation for case statements.
30435 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30436 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30437 mark after an end.
30438 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30439 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30440 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30441 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30442 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30443 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30444 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30445 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30446 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30447 if (a)
30448 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30449 otherwise you get:
30450 if (a)
30451 begin
30452 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30453 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30454 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30455 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30456 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30457 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30458 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30459 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30460 comments in tight quarters.
30461 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `(all))
30462 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30464 Variables controlling other actions:
30466 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30467 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30468 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30470 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30472 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30474 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30475 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30476 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30478 Some other functions are:
30480 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30481 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30482 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30483 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30484 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30486 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30487 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30488 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30489 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30491 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30492 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30493 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30494 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30495 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30496 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30497 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30498 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30499 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30500 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30501 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30502 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30503 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30504 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30505 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30506 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30507 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30508 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30509 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30510 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30511 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30512 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30513 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30514 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30515 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30516 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30517 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30518 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30520 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30521 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30523 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30525 \(fn)" t nil)
30527 ;;;***
30529 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30530 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
30531 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30533 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30534 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30536 Usage:
30537 ------
30539 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30540 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30541 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30542 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30543 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30544 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30545 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30546 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30547 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
30549 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30550 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30551 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30552 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30554 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30555 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30556 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30557 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30558 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30560 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30561 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30564 HEADER INSERTION:
30565 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30566 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30567 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30570 STUTTERING:
30571 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30572 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30573 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30574 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30576 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30577 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30578 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30579 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30580 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30583 WORD COMPLETION:
30584 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30585 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30586 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30587 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30589 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30590 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30591 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30592 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30593 beginning with \"std\").
30595 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30596 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30597 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30598 stop.
30601 COMMENTS:
30602 `--' puts a single comment.
30603 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30604 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30605 with a comment in between.
30606 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30607 out following lines.
30608 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30609 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30611 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30612 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30613 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30614 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30615 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30616 non-nil.
30618 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30619 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30620 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30621 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30622 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30623 multi-line comments.
30626 INDENTATION:
30627 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30628 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30629 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30630 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30632 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30633 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30634 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30635 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30637 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30638 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30639 and vice versa.
30641 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30642 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30645 ALIGNMENT:
30646 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30647 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30648 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30649 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30650 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30651 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30652 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30653 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30655 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30656 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30657 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30658 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30659 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30660 is non-nil.
30662 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30663 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30664 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30666 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30667 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30670 CODE FILLING:
30671 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30672 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30673 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30674 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30675 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30676 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30679 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30680 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30681 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30682 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30683 command:
30685 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30688 PORT TRANSLATION:
30689 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30690 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30691 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30692 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30693 internal signal initializations (menu).
30695 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30696 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30697 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30699 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30700 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30701 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30702 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30703 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30704 in subsequent paste operations.)
30706 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30707 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30708 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30711 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30712 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30713 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30714 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30715 association list with formals).
30718 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30719 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30720 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30721 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30722 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30723 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30724 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30725 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30726 `vhdl-testbench'.
30729 KEY BINDINGS:
30730 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30733 VHDL MENU:
30734 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30737 FILE BROWSER:
30738 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30739 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30740 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30742 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30743 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30746 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30747 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30748 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30749 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30751 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30752 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30753 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30755 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30756 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30757 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30758 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30760 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30761 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30762 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30763 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30764 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30766 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30767 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30768 required by secondary units.
30771 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30772 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30773 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30774 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30775 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30776 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30777 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30778 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30779 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30780 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30781 inputs to this component -> input port created
30782 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30783 outputs from this component -> output port created
30784 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30785 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30787 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30788 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30789 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30790 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30791 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30793 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30794 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30796 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30797 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30798 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30799 component instantiation is also supported (option
30800 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30802 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30803 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30804 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30805 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30806 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30807 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30808 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30809 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30810 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30811 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30812 | generating the configuration.
30814 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30815 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30816 | configurations in speedbar.
30818 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30821 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30822 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30823 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30824 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30825 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30826 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30827 information. New compilers can be added.
30829 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30830 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30833 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30834 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30835 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30836 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30837 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30839 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30840 command:
30842 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30843 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30844 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30846 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30847 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30848 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30849 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30850 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30851 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30852 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30854 Limitations:
30855 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30856 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30857 not (yet) supported.
30858 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30859 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30860 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30863 PROJECTS:
30864 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30865 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30866 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30867 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30868 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30869 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30870 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30871 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30873 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30874 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30875 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30876 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30877 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30878 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30879 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30880 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30881 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30882 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30883 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30886 SPECIAL MENUES:
30887 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30888 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30889 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30890 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30891 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30892 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30893 current directory for VHDL source files.
30896 VHDL STANDARDS:
30897 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30898 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30901 KEYWORD CASE:
30902 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30903 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30904 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30905 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30906 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30907 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30908 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30909 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30912 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30913 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30914 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30915 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30916 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30917 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30918 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30920 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30921 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30922 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30923 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30924 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30925 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30927 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30928 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30929 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30930 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30931 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30932 visually.
30934 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30935 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30936 highlighted if written in lower case.
30938 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30939 highlighted using a different background color if option
30940 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30942 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30943 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30944 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30945 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30946 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30949 USER MODELS:
30950 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30951 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30952 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30955 HIDE/SHOW:
30956 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30957 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30958 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30959 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30960 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30963 CODE UPDATING:
30964 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30965 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30966 Limitations:
30967 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30968 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30969 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30970 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30971 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30972 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30973 (used to obtain the port names).
30976 CODE FIXING:
30977 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30978 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30981 PRINTING:
30982 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30983 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30984 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30985 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30986 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30987 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30988 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30989 printers.
30992 OPTIONS:
30993 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30994 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30995 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30996 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30997 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30999 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31000 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
31001 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31002 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31003 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31004 INSTALL file).
31006 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31007 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
31010 FILE EXTENSIONS:
31011 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31012 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31013 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31015 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
31018 HINTS:
31019 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31020 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31022 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31024 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31026 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31029 RELEASE NOTES:
31030 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31033 Maintenance:
31034 ------------
31036 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
31037 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31039 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31041 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31042 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31043 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31044 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31046 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31047 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
31048 where the latest version can be found.
31051 Known problems:
31052 ---------------
31054 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
31055 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31056 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31059 The VHDL Mode Authors
31060 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31062 Key bindings:
31063 -------------
31065 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31067 \(fn)" t nil)
31069 ;;;***
31071 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (18791 16518))
31072 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
31074 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
31075 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
31076 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
31077 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
31079 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
31080 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
31081 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
31082 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
31083 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
31085 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
31086 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
31088 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
31090 * Limitations and unsupported features
31091 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
31092 not supported.
31093 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
31094 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
31096 * Modifications
31097 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
31098 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
31099 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
31100 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
31101 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
31102 for undoing a repeated change command.
31103 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
31104 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
31105 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
31107 * Extensions
31108 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
31109 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
31110 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
31111 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
31112 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
31113 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
31114 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
31115 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
31117 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
31119 \(fn)" t nil)
31121 ;;;***
31123 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
31124 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
31125 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
31126 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18787 48929))
31127 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31129 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31130 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31132 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31134 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31135 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31136 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31137 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31139 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31141 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31142 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31144 \(fn)" t nil)
31146 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31147 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31148 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31149 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31151 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31153 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31154 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31156 \(fn)" t nil)
31158 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31159 Not documented
31161 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31163 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31164 Not documented
31166 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31168 ;;;***
31170 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
31171 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
31172 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
31173 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
31174 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (18787 48919))
31175 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31177 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31178 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31179 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31181 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31183 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31184 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31185 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31186 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31188 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31190 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31191 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31193 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31195 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31196 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31197 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31198 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31199 moving around in the buffer.
31200 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31201 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31203 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31205 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31207 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31208 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31209 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31210 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31212 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31213 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31214 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31215 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31216 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31218 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31220 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31222 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31223 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31224 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31225 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31226 buffer.
31228 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31229 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31230 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31231 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31232 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31234 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31236 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31238 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31239 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31240 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31241 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31242 moving around in the buffer.
31243 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31244 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31246 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31248 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31249 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31250 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31252 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31253 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31254 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31255 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31257 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31259 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31260 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31261 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31262 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31263 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31264 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31265 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31266 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31268 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31270 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31271 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31272 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31274 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31276 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31277 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31278 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31279 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31280 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31281 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31282 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31283 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31285 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31287 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31288 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31289 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31291 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31293 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31294 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31295 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
31296 turn it off.
31298 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
31299 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
31300 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
31301 read-only.
31302 \\<view-mode-map>
31303 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
31304 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
31305 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
31306 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
31307 commands default to a repeat count of one.
31309 H, h, ? This message.
31310 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31311 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31312 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31313 > move to the end of buffer.
31314 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31315 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31316 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31317 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31318 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31319 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31320 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31321 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31322 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31323 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31324 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31325 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31326 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31327 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31328 Use this to view a changing file.
31329 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31330 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31331 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31332 . set the mark.
31333 x exchanges point and mark.
31334 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31335 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31336 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31337 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31338 ' go to position saved in character register.
31339 s do forward incremental search.
31340 r do reverse incremental search.
31341 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31342 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31343 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31344 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31345 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31346 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31347 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31348 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31349 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31350 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31351 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31352 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31353 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31354 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31355 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31356 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31357 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31359 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31360 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31361 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31362 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31363 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31364 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31365 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31366 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31367 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31369 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31373 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31374 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31375 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31376 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31377 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
31378 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31379 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31380 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31381 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31383 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31385 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31386 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31387 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
31388 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
31389 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
31390 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31391 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31393 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
31394 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
31395 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
31396 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
31397 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
31398 1) nil Do nothing.
31399 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
31400 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
31401 frame.
31402 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
31403 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
31404 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
31405 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
31407 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31409 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31411 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31413 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31414 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31416 \(fn)" t nil)
31418 ;;;***
31420 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18791
31421 ;;;;;; 16518))
31422 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31424 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31425 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31427 \(fn)" nil nil)
31429 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31430 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31432 \(fn)" t nil)
31434 ;;;***
31436 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31437 ;;;;;; (18791 16518))
31438 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31440 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31441 Toggle Viper on/off.
31442 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31444 \(fn)" t nil)
31446 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31447 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31449 \(fn)" t nil)
31451 ;;;***
31453 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31454 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
31455 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31457 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31458 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31459 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31460 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31461 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31462 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31463 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31464 the beginning of the warning.")
31466 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31467 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31468 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31469 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31470 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31471 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31472 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31473 also call that function before the next warning.")
31475 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31476 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31478 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
31479 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31480 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31481 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31483 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31484 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31485 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31486 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31487 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31488 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31490 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31491 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31492 Default is :warning.
31494 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31495 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31496 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31497 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31498 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31499 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31501 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31502 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31503 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31505 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31507 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31508 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31510 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31512 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31513 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31514 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31515 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31517 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31518 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31519 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31520 can be whatever you like.)
31522 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31523 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31525 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31526 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31527 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31528 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31529 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31531 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31533 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31534 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31535 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31536 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31537 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31539 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31541 ;;;***
31543 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31544 ;;;;;; (18791 16514))
31545 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31547 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31548 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
31549 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31550 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
31551 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
31552 in disk.
31554 See `wdired-mode'.
31556 \(fn)" t nil)
31558 ;;;***
31560 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18787 48931))
31561 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31563 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31564 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31566 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31567 hotlist.
31569 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31570 <nwv@acm.org>.
31572 \(fn)" t nil)
31574 ;;;***
31576 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31577 ;;;;;; (18935 29649))
31578 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31579 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31580 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31582 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
31584 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31585 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31586 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31587 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31588 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31589 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31591 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31593 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31594 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
31595 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
31596 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
31598 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
31599 and off otherwise.
31601 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31603 ;;;***
31605 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31606 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31607 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31608 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (18787 48919))
31609 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31611 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31612 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
31614 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31615 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31616 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31617 Only useful with a windowing system.
31619 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31620 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31624 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31625 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
31627 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31628 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31629 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31630 Only useful with a windowing system.
31632 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31633 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31634 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31635 use `whitespace-mode'.
31637 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31641 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31642 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31643 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31644 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31645 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31646 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31648 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31650 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31651 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
31653 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31654 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31655 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31656 Only useful with a windowing system.
31658 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31659 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31663 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31664 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31665 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31666 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31667 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31668 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31670 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31672 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31673 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
31675 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31676 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31677 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31678 Only useful with a windowing system.
31680 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31681 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31682 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31683 please, use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31685 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31689 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31690 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31692 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31693 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31695 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31696 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31698 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31700 CHAR MEANING
31701 (VIA FACES)
31702 t toggle TAB visualization
31703 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31704 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31705 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31706 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31707 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31708 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31709 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31710 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31711 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31712 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31713 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31714 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31715 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31716 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31717 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31719 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31720 T toggle TAB visualization
31721 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31722 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31724 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31725 ? display brief help
31727 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31728 The valid symbols are:
31730 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31731 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31732 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31733 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31734 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31735 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31736 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31737 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31738 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31739 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31740 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31741 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31742 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31743 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31744 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31745 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31747 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31748 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31749 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31751 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31753 Only useful with a windowing system.
31755 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31757 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31759 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31760 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31762 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31763 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31765 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31766 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31768 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31770 CHAR MEANING
31771 (VIA FACES)
31772 t toggle TAB visualization
31773 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31774 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31775 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31776 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31777 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31778 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31779 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31780 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31781 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31782 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31783 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31784 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31785 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31786 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31787 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31789 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31790 T toggle TAB visualization
31791 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31792 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31794 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31795 ? display brief help
31797 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31798 The valid symbols are:
31800 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31801 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31802 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31803 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31804 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31805 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31806 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31807 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31808 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31809 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31810 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31811 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31812 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31813 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31814 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31815 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31817 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31818 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31819 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31821 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31823 Only useful with a windowing system.
31825 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31827 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31829 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31830 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31832 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31833 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31834 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31835 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31836 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31838 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31840 The problems cleaned up are:
31842 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31843 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31844 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31845 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31847 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31848 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31849 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31850 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31851 SPACEs.
31852 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31853 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31854 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31855 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31857 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31858 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31859 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31860 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31861 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31862 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31863 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31864 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31866 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31867 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31868 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31870 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31871 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31872 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31873 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31874 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31875 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31876 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31877 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31879 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31880 documentation.
31882 \(fn)" t nil)
31884 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31885 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31887 The problems cleaned up are:
31889 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31890 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31891 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31892 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31893 SPACEs.
31894 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31895 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31896 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31897 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31899 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31900 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31901 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31902 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31903 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31904 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31905 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31906 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31908 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31909 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31910 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31912 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31913 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31914 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31915 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31916 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31917 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31918 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31919 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31921 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31922 documentation.
31924 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31926 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31927 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31929 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31930 non-nil.
31932 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31933 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31934 `whitespace-style' to have:
31936 empty
31937 trailing
31938 indentation
31939 space-before-tab
31940 space-after-tab
31942 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31943 whitespace problems in buffer.
31945 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31947 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31948 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31949 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31950 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31951 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31952 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31953 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31955 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31956 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31957 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31958 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31959 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31960 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31961 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31963 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31964 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31965 cleaning up these problems.
31967 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31969 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31970 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31972 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31973 non-nil.
31975 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31976 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31977 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31979 empty
31980 indentation
31981 space-before-tab
31982 trailing
31983 space-after-tab
31985 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31986 whitespace problems in buffer.
31988 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31990 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31991 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31992 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31993 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31994 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31995 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31996 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31998 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31999 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32000 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32001 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32002 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32003 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32004 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32006 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32007 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32008 cleaning up these problems.
32010 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32012 ;;;***
32014 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
32015 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18787 48919))
32016 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32018 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32019 Browse the widget under point.
32021 \(fn POS)" t nil)
32023 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32024 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32026 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32028 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32029 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32031 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32033 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32034 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
32035 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32037 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32039 ;;;***
32041 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
32042 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (18941
32043 ;;;;;; 42894))
32044 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32046 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32047 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32049 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32051 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32052 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32053 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32055 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32057 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32058 Create widget of TYPE.
32059 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32061 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32063 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32064 Delete WIDGET.
32066 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32068 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32069 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32071 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32073 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'advertised-widget-backward) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32074 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32075 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
32077 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32078 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32080 \(fn)" nil nil)
32082 ;;;***
32084 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
32085 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18787
32086 ;;;;;; 48919))
32087 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32089 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32090 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32091 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32092 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32093 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32094 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32095 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32099 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32100 Select the window above the current one.
32101 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32102 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32103 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32104 negative ARG) of the current window.
32105 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32107 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32109 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32110 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32111 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32112 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32113 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32114 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32115 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32119 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32120 Select the window below the current one.
32121 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32122 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32123 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32124 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32125 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32127 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32129 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32130 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32131 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32132 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
32134 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32136 ;;;***
32138 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
32139 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
32140 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32142 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32143 Toggle Winner mode.
32144 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32145 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
32147 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32149 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32150 Toggle Winner mode.
32151 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32153 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32155 ;;;***
32157 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
32158 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (18867 59895))
32159 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32161 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32162 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32163 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32164 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32165 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32167 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32169 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32170 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32171 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32172 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32173 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32174 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32175 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32176 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32178 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32179 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32181 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32183 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32184 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32186 \(fn)" t nil)
32188 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32189 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32190 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32191 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32192 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32193 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32194 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32195 `woman' command for further details.
32197 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32199 ;;;***
32201 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
32202 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
32203 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
32205 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
32206 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
32208 BUGS:
32209 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
32210 are not implemented
32211 - Options for search and replace
32212 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
32213 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
32215 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
32216 Emacs-like.
32218 The key bindings are:
32220 C-a backward-word
32221 C-b fill-paragraph
32222 C-c scroll-up-line
32223 C-d forward-char
32224 C-e previous-line
32225 C-f forward-word
32226 C-g delete-char
32227 C-h backward-char
32228 C-i indent-for-tab-command
32229 C-j help-for-help
32230 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
32231 C-l ws-repeat-search
32232 C-n open-line
32233 C-p quoted-insert
32234 C-r scroll-down-line
32235 C-s backward-char
32236 C-t kill-word
32237 C-u keyboard-quit
32238 C-v overwrite-mode
32239 C-w scroll-down
32240 C-x next-line
32241 C-y kill-complete-line
32242 C-z scroll-up
32244 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
32245 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
32246 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
32247 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
32248 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
32249 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
32250 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
32251 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
32252 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
32253 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
32254 C-k b ws-begin-block
32255 C-k c ws-copy-block
32256 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
32257 C-k f find-file
32258 C-k h ws-show-markers
32259 C-k i ws-indent-block
32260 C-k k ws-end-block
32261 C-k p ws-print-block
32262 C-k q kill-emacs
32263 C-k r insert-file
32264 C-k s save-some-buffers
32265 C-k t ws-mark-word
32266 C-k u ws-exdent-block
32267 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
32268 C-k v ws-move-block
32269 C-k w ws-write-block
32270 C-k x kill-emacs
32271 C-k y ws-delete-block
32273 C-o c wordstar-center-line
32274 C-o b switch-to-buffer
32275 C-o j justify-current-line
32276 C-o k kill-buffer
32277 C-o l list-buffers
32278 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32279 C-o r set-fill-column
32280 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32281 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32282 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
32283 C-o wo other-window
32284 C-o wv split-window-vertically
32286 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32287 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32288 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32289 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32290 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32291 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32292 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32293 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32294 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32295 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32296 C-q a ws-query-replace
32297 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32298 C-q c end-of-buffer
32299 C-q d end-of-line
32300 C-q f ws-search
32301 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32302 C-q l ws-undo
32303 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32304 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32305 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32306 C-q w ws-last-error
32307 C-q y ws-kill-eol
32308 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32310 \(fn)" t nil)
32312 ;;;***
32314 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (18787 48931))
32315 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
32317 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
32318 Perform an interactive search.
32319 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
32320 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
32321 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
32322 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
32324 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
32325 Example:
32327 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
32329 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32331 ;;;***
32333 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32334 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
32335 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32337 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32338 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32339 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
32340 Returns the top node with all its children.
32341 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32342 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32344 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32346 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32347 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32348 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32349 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
32350 is not well-formed XML.
32351 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
32352 and returned as the first element of the list.
32353 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32355 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32357 ;;;***
32359 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32360 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (18787 48932))
32361 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32363 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32364 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32365 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32366 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32367 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32368 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32369 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32370 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32371 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32372 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32374 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32376 ;;;***
32378 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18827
32379 ;;;;;; 8828))
32380 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32382 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32383 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32384 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32385 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32386 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32387 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32389 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32391 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32392 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32393 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
32394 it off.
32396 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32397 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32398 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32399 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32400 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32401 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32403 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32405 ;;;***
32407 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32408 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (18787 48928))
32409 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32411 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32412 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32414 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32416 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32417 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32419 \(fn)" nil nil)
32421 ;;;***
32423 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32424 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (18787 48933))
32425 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32427 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32428 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32430 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32432 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32433 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32435 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32437 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32438 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32439 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32441 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32443 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32444 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32446 \(fn)" t nil)
32448 ;;;***
32450 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18787 48933))
32451 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32453 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32454 Zone out, completely.
32456 \(fn)" t nil)
32458 ;;;***
32460 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
32461 ;;;;;; "button.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
32462 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
32463 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
32464 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
32465 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
32466 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
32467 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el"
32468 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el"
32469 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
32470 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
32471 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
32472 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
32473 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
32474 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
32475 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
32476 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
32477 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
32478 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
32479 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
32480 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
32481 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el"
32482 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
32483 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
32484 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32485 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
32486 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
32487 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32488 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
32489 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
32490 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
32491 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el"
32492 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el"
32493 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32494 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
32495 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32496 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
32497 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32498 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32499 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "epa-hook.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
32500 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
32501 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
32502 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
32503 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
32504 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
32505 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32506 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32507 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
32508 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
32509 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "facemenu.el" "faces.el"
32510 ;;;;;; "files.el" "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format-spec.el"
32511 ;;;;;; "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el"
32512 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32513 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
32514 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
32515 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
32516 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
32517 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
32518 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32519 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32520 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32521 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32522 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
32523 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32524 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el"
32525 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
32526 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
32527 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32528 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32529 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
32530 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32531 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32532 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32533 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
32534 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" "hex-util.el"
32535 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/charprop.el"
32536 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32537 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32538 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
32539 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el"
32540 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32541 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32542 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32543 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32544 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32545 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32546 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32547 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "json.el" "kermit.el"
32548 ;;;;;; "language/burmese.el" "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el"
32549 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/english.el"
32550 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
32551 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/hebrew.el"
32552 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/khmer.el"
32553 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
32554 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/sinhala.el" "language/slovak.el"
32555 ;;;;;; "language/tai-viet.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
32556 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
32557 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
32558 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
32559 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32560 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32561 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32562 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32563 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32564 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32565 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32566 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "minibuffer.el" "mouse-copy.el"
32567 ;;;;;; "mouse.el" "net/dig.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32568 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32569 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32570 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el"
32571 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
32572 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32573 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-fish.el"
32574 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
32575 ;;;;;; "net/zeroconf.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32576 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32577 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32578 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32579 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32580 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
32581 ;;;;;; "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el" "org/org-faces.el"
32582 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-install.el"
32583 ;;;;;; "org/org-jsinfo.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el"
32584 ;;;;;; "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32585 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
32586 ;;;;;; "password-cache.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el"
32587 ;;;;;; "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el"
32588 ;;;;;; "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
32589 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32590 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32591 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32592 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32593 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32594 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32595 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32596 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32597 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el"
32598 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
32599 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32600 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32601 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32602 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32603 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32604 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
32605 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
32606 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32607 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32608 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc-dav.el"
32609 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el"
32610 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el")
32611 ;;;;;; (18967 26407 762906))
32613 ;;;***
32615 (provide 'loaddefs)
32616 ;; Local Variables:
32617 ;; version-control: never
32618 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32619 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32620 ;; coding: utf-8
32621 ;; End:
32622 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here